Search      Members      Groups      Profile      Favorites      RSS      Register      Log in
Blood Price - Chapter 26: Taking care of what was left
Goto page 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9  Next
 
(currently a favorite of )
   Storygames Home -> -> The Archives
View previous topic :: View next topic  

Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Nov 22, 2005 3:31 pm    Post subject: Blood Price - Chapter 26: Taking care of what was left Reply with quote

Here will be a new storygame based on some characters that I had. It’s recommended that you read first the real begin of this story, this is the third one. That is Cadel’s Day and Reborn, in that order. Those 2 stories are on the Linear Stories Forum.

Also be prepared for some rules on this storygame. These rules are for the best of the story, for both of us (the author and the reader).

Rules:

1. Each chapter will have, at least, 300 words. With that I can give you some kind of guarantee that you will have something to read and not just some words to fulfill with the story.

2. After each chapter you will have 7 days to discuss about what is going on the story and to give me suggestions for the poll and feedback about the story. Remember to give explanations about what you think, you know a why. Please only post for the story, there is an Open Forum for the other things.

3. Each chapter will end with a poll (storygame rule) and this poll will have, at least, three selections. With this you will get some discussions about the poll. The poll will be posted after the time for the suggestions was closed. The poll will be on for 4 days.

4. The author (me) will not vote in the poll. In case of a draw the author will break it.

5. I hope that I can post the chapter 3 days after the poll was closed. Remember that English is not my native language, so it will be hard for me. After I posted I will edit it (with the help of my editor) if needed.

6. I will give prizes for the people who help on the story. (As I said, is for help to the story; not for the person who post more.) The winners will receive the privilege (I hope is a privilege) of give names of places, persons and that kind of thing. In case of a winner I will post the winner and what he/she will be doing for the story with some instructions or rules too. If necessary I will contact this person (PM) to give him\her more information (some information that maybe can compromise the story if everyone knows it). The winner will have about 3-5 days to post the part that I request from him\her. After those days I can’t guarantee that the post will be on the story.

I will start on November 30, to give time to anyone who hasn’t read the first 2 stories. Remember the rules and if you are not agreed with them, please, don’t participate then. Thanks and enjoy.

Note: Some changes to the rules have been made. (again)


Last edited by jnmrcs on Mon Jan 15, 2007 6:54 am; edited 60 times in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Nov 22, 2005 3:40 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The first one on winning in my stories is Fauna.

Thanks Fauna for all your help on my stories. As a prize you will be who decide the title of this storygame. Congratulations. I hope you continue helping me on this storygame too.

When you have the title please post it here. I will PM you with more information.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shogun
Respected Citizen



Joined: 15 Aug 2005

Posts: 628
Location: In your nightmares, feeding on your fears.

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 23, 2005 5:09 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Excellent, Excellent. I can't wait for the First Chapter jnmrcs!
_________________
I'm ripped across the ditch, and settled in the dirt and I'm
Wiggled like a stitch, yet I'm the one who's hurt
Pay attention to your twisted little indiscretions
I've got no right to way, I'm just caught up all the battles

Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Smee
Revered IFian



Joined: 16 Oct 2004

Posts: 5215
Location: UK

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 23, 2005 10:15 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'm in the process of catching up with your linear stories and then I'll be on board too.

Happy Writing. Smile
_________________
The path of my life is strewn with cowpats from the Devil's own Satanic Herd!
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Nov 24, 2005 1:01 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Count me in Very Happy
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Nov 25, 2005 6:33 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I am so happy that you have decided to write your storygame. Smile Our hero has went from despair as a man, to rebellion as a vampire, and now as players we can decide what path he chooses to take with this new existence that the vampire Kort has given him. What price is he willing to pay for his eternity?

My prize: To choose the title for this storygame
My title: Blood Price

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Nov 25, 2005 10:39 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Thanks Fauna. I liked it so much that I will use part of what you write there to use it on the introduction. (of course I will use the quote Smile , you deserve it)
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shogun
Respected Citizen



Joined: 15 Aug 2005

Posts: 628
Location: In your nightmares, feeding on your fears.

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Nov 25, 2005 3:14 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Change it around a bit:Blood Prince!

Blood Price is excellent too!
_________________
I'm ripped across the ditch, and settled in the dirt and I'm
Wiggled like a stitch, yet I'm the one who's hurt
Pay attention to your twisted little indiscretions
I've got no right to way, I'm just caught up all the battles

Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shogun
Respected Citizen



Joined: 15 Aug 2005

Posts: 628
Location: In your nightmares, feeding on your fears.

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Nov 29, 2005 7:31 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Um...can we got on to the intro or first chapter please, I think I grew a beard while i sat on my seat waiting in anticipation. :biggrin:
_________________
I'm ripped across the ditch, and settled in the dirt and I'm
Wiggled like a stitch, yet I'm the one who's hurt
Pay attention to your twisted little indiscretions
I've got no right to way, I'm just caught up all the battles

Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 30, 2005 3:43 am    Post subject: Introduction Reply with quote

ethereal_fauna wrote:
I am so happy that you have decided to write your storygame. Smile Our hero has went from despair as a man, to rebellion as a vampire, and now as players we can decide what path he chooses to take with this new existence that the vampire Kort has given him. What price is he willing to pay for his eternity?

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
It has been some hours since he dispatched his supposed owners. Now he was alone and stunned, but very well prepared for his next step, at least he though so. He continued thinking about it. Revenge, is what he wished?

He was still on the lair where he understood that he has changed. He wasn’t anymore a human, he was a vampire now; he was reborn. On the lair he had shelter from the sun. Next to him were the corpses of what was his food, humans. Also there were the rest of what supposedly were his owners, now just dust...

He was laid on the ground trying to get some rest. But he has a lot of things on his mind. He was scared but with a lot of strength, with fear but with new powers to be used. He didn’t know what to do or where to go now. Maybe he has to kill himself because he was dead. He wasn’t anymore Cadel but he neither was Moswen.

He continued thinking about what to do now. He was a vampire but he didn’t like that. It was Kort fault because Kort sired him. He didn’t know if take advantage of being a vampire or just try to find revenge. In anyway he has to be very careful, if some vampire knew that the killed vampires he could be in problems.

He was alone and he didn’t know where to find other vampires. Maybe other vampires could teach him to live like that. Maybe they could help him to take a decision or maybe not.

He also didn’t know where to find humans. Maybe the humans could help him instead of the vampires. But maybe they wouldn’t help a vampire. In any way he could eat, at least.

Even his new name bothered him. He was so confused…

“Moswen, what kind of name is it?” he thought. “No one knows me now. Should I change my name for something better? Should I try to find more vampires? Should I go after Kort to find revenge? Should I kill myself, just to finish my dead life?” thought Moswen while he tried to take some rest.

All of this on his mind was going to be a headache for him. He needed to figure out things, he needed to take these thoughts out of his mind.


Last edited by jnmrcs on Wed Nov 30, 2005 3:50 am; edited 1 time in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 30, 2005 3:46 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

As I said, the introcution is up, today...

You have until November 15 to give ideas and please explain it. Thanks and enjoy it.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 30, 2005 4:04 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Good start. The totally open decision point give us readers a lot of power

*tries to stifle an evil laugh*

I think he should try to find some more vampires and, in a slow way, try to build up information on Kort. That way he can figure out whether revenge is a realistic option or not - and maybe make some allies at the same time. Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 30, 2005 4:08 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Good start J!

<f5 key>
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.


Last edited by Chinaren on Sat May 27, 2006 3:28 pm; edited 1 time in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 30, 2005 6:56 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

jnmrcs wrote:
As I said, the introcution is up, today...

You have until November 15 to give ideas and please explain it. Thanks and enjoy it.


you sure you don't mean december - november 15 was two weeks ago
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Nov 30, 2005 11:19 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

lordofthenight wrote:
jnmrcs wrote:
As I said, the introcution is up, today...

You have until November 15 to give ideas and please explain it. Thanks and enjoy it.


you sure you don't mean december - november 15 was two weeks ago


mmmm, that's the hour problem... I mean... well...

Sorry about that. You are right December 15.

Shady, about the power to the readers... well that is what I wanted to start the story.

Thanks, for your replay. Enjoy it.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 01, 2005 6:02 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

He does need to find out more information on his new state of being. He's no longer human, but something else. Isolating himself from other vampires won't help him. There's little to take revenge on at this point, except maybe a defiance of his very existence. For as much as he sympathizes with his prey, I don't think he's ready to hate himself for what he has become.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 05, 2005 1:24 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Does he have to live like a vampire? Try to understand what he is now (something like fauna said)?

Does he choose to live like a human or vampire?

Does he have to live with vampires or humans?

Revenge or not revenge? Or maybe wait until have an opinion about it (as Shady said)?

*trying to find more options*
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shogun
Respected Citizen



Joined: 15 Aug 2005

Posts: 628
Location: In your nightmares, feeding on your fears.

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 05, 2005 4:35 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Live with humans, you get more blood that way, but there is a bad side. Our hero might fall in love, bringin' up a corny ending.
_________________
I'm ripped across the ditch, and settled in the dirt and I'm
Wiggled like a stitch, yet I'm the one who's hurt
Pay attention to your twisted little indiscretions
I've got no right to way, I'm just caught up all the battles

Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 05, 2005 5:39 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Shogun wrote:
Our hero might fall in love, bringin' up a corny ending.


Laughing , no more comments...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 12, 2005 6:05 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

He should try to find some more vampires and, in a slow way, try to build up information on Kort. That way he can figure out whether revenge is a realistic option or not - and maybe make some allies at the same time.

He does need to find out more information on his new state of being.

Live with humans, you get more blood that way, but there is a bad side.

This were the ideas so far, try to find humans or vampires. I will put the poll this thursday.

****** Sorry for this taking so much time I thought that 15 days were enough but I don't thought it was this much. I will have to re-think a little more about this time.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Dec 13, 2005 3:29 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

That is fine. You are just beginning this SG and have to experiment a little to find the best time table for you and the players. Smile
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Dec 14, 2005 9:05 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll will be posted tomorrow. Until now I have just this options; Try to find humans, try to find vampires and try to know his new powers.

You got until today to add something more (if you think it's needed).
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 15, 2005 4:48 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Poll is now open. It will be there for ten (10) days. On December 25 the poll will be closed. Then I will start to write the first chapter. I will post it before January 1.

Sorry I made a Mmistake, there must be three options and they are:

What should Moswen do now?

Try to find Humans
Try to find Vampires
Try to know more about his new state (vampire)
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Smee
Revered IFian



Joined: 16 Oct 2004

Posts: 5215
Location: UK

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 15, 2005 4:54 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I vote for find out more about his new form.


Happy Writing. Smile
_________________
The path of my life is strewn with cowpats from the Devil's own Satanic Herd!
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 15, 2005 5:07 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I also click on the third button, or would do if there was one. Confused
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 15, 2005 5:13 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Me too, once the third option is added Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 15, 2005 9:06 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, people... sorry about the poll. Please vote, the poll it's up...
Thanks for the fast response of Shanty Thumbs Up

Please vote and sorry again...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 15, 2005 1:15 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

voted
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 26, 2005 7:39 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I know this is taking so much, so I will reduce some times o do this moving better. Excuse me for taking so much time (this is my first storygame) but I will solve it.

Voting has end. Thanks for your participation, I will write the first chapter soon. I hope I could post it before next year.

Merry Christmas and happy new year !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 29, 2005 10:01 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I have changed the times on the rules. For now on it will be 10 days for the readers to argument on the story and 5 days to vote. I hope this help the story.

Anyway I will post the first chapter today... soon.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 29, 2005 10:20 am    Post subject: Chapter 1: Knowing the creature inside him Reply with quote

He couldn’t rest, not even a little. His thoughts were now like a nightmare to him. He continued trying to solve all his confusions. It was very hard, he has a lot of things to solve but he has to take them one by one.

“What to do now? Where to go? Take revenge or don’t? What about my name?” he thought while he was getting up.

Like he couldn’t rest he will take one of his thoughts to try to solve it, maybe this would help him to feel better. “Where I should start? There are a lot of things that I need to solve” he thought.

He didn’t know what he was supposed to do but he has to take a decision. And it didn’t matter if that was what he should do, he has to make a decision and continue with it. That was the only way to do it.

He walked to the entrance of the lair. It was almost night but at least the sun wasn’t bothering him now. He could leave the lair whenever he wanted now but first he has to solve one of his thoughts.

“Why don’t start from the beginning. I don’t like being a vampire but that is what I am now. Why not start to learn what I am and what I can do now. They just told me that I have to be aware of the pointing thing on my heart and to protect my head. I think I could do it. But what are the benefits of a vampire?” he thought.

He stayed at the entrance of the lair, just with his thoughts. “I have until the morning, its better if I start to find what of all the things that they said about the privileges is truth” he said while he was going out of the cave.

He started to make some tests. He tried to hear the animals that were out there, like the owls. Then he tried to find them, just to know how near or far they were. He followed their song and found them.

Then he tested his strength. He pushed some trees, took some big rocks and even tried to throw them. He ran and jumped, he was very exited about the results he was getting. He was faster and have more strength than any regular human, even more than any muscle human…

Then he felt it. His time out of the lair has to end, the clarity was arriving. He returned to the lair happier than when he got out. He still didn’t like to be a vampire but at least it has some advantages. He lay down on the ground and took some rest.

This time he could rest a lot of time. He didn’t know if it was because he was answering some questions or if it was because he used a lot of energy. When he got up it was night again.

“So I’m now a dark creature. Well more like an animal. I’m better than the humans but like an animal. Like the animals I could hear, smell and even I’m more strength full than humans. Could I be an animal being a vampire or could I continue with my humanity?” he thought before go out of the lair. Then he tested himself again, just to be sure that it was a permanent benefit.

The next night he tried to repeat the tests but this time more like training. He was tired even when he rested very well. He got out of the lair and got prepared to his first training. He ran, jumped and played with some rocks.

But then he felt like if he was without any energy. He stopped the training and tried to take some rest where he was. He felt like his head was spinning and his body empty. His mouth was watered a lot and his skin was itching from the inside. He tried to think to know what’s going on but his thoughts weren’t coherent.

Then he smelt it, blood. That sweet and softness smell. The blood was calling him and without thinking he ran to it; like a hunter followed a pray. He ran with the strength that he have left on his body to where was that delicious smell.

He arrived at some flat land. There it was; some fresh dead humans on the ground with their flesh opened. That smell, that color, that food. His mouth was all water and his skin was itching every time more and more. He felt the need of his food.

Then he waked up, his mind waked up of that animal instinct. He was very hungry but they were humans, like he was before. He stared at them, they were dead. Then he realized that he wasn’t the only vampire there.

He hid to see who else were there. He saw three vampires that were lean back on some rocks. They were eating.

“What should I do now? I’m hungry, but what I need is just blood. I could find some animal to obtain the blood. I’m not sure if it will give me the same effect as the human, but at least I could try it. I’m not sure that I wanted to eat more humans, it is like cannibalism. But they are dead, I’m not killing them. What should I do?” Moswen was fighting on his interior…

“They are dead but they still humans. Should I eat human’s blood or animal’s blood? Should I continue with my humanity or forget about it and be an animal? What should I do?” he continued thinking while seeing the fresh food…
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 29, 2005 10:22 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Chapter one is up. I will give you until January 10, 2006 (because of the holidays) then I will put the poll. Enjoy.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 29, 2005 5:01 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Drink from the human. You're no longer human - but that doesn't make you an animal - you are something superior to mankind. Humans are mere cattle.

Its like asking a human to chose between beef steak or barbequed rat.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Guest









Items

PostPosted: Fri Dec 30, 2005 12:38 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Good chapter.

I think this time he will justify it to himself, and drink from the human. I don't think he'd be ready to kill a human... at least yet. But someone already dead, when he's hungry, will be too big a temptation.
Back to top
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Dec 30, 2005 12:40 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

That was me, above.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Dec 31, 2005 6:14 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Everybody eats, and he's no exception. He needs what he needs. But I think that he also searches for alternatives to killing humans. He feels a moral conflict.

For now he will drink from animals, whether the humans were dead already or not. Over time I think he'll come to realize that regardless of where he drinks blood from, something dies. As he identifies less with humanity, then he'll be more likely to take what he needs from them.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jan 05, 2006 9:02 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Until now I have these three ideas:

1) Drink from the human. You're no longer human - but that doesn't make you an animal.

2) Drink from the human if he is already death, but don't kill humans... yet.

3) For now drink from animals, whether the humans were dead already or not.

More ideas? On january 10 I will put the poll.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jan 05, 2006 5:09 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

nope, still with option 1

or of course he could just leave
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Shogun
Respected Citizen



Joined: 15 Aug 2005

Posts: 628
Location: In your nightmares, feeding on your fears.

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jan 05, 2006 6:22 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Drink from humans. Alive or dead, same thing except the dead ones are usually missing bodyparts. It doesn't make you an animal. It's just...life.
_________________
I'm ripped across the ditch, and settled in the dirt and I'm
Wiggled like a stitch, yet I'm the one who's hurt
Pay attention to your twisted little indiscretions
I've got no right to way, I'm just caught up all the battles

Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Jan 10, 2006 6:11 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people the poll is up. It will be up for 5 days, so it will be closed on Jan 15. Vote and participate...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Jan 10, 2006 6:18 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted.
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Jan 10, 2006 10:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

voted
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 16, 2006 8:53 am    Post subject: Chapter 2: Feed from human blood but don't hunt... yet Reply with quote



“They are dead humans but I’m very hungry. What to do?” Moswen thought while he saw the vampires moving the human flesh to obtain from them the sweet blood. Moswen was very hungry; he stared at them for a little moment.

His body was itching more and more from the inside. His mouth was all water now and his stomach was starting to hurt him. He couldn’t wait any more, his body was asking for it, food. Or on his case blood, sweet and thicken blood.

“They are dead, I’m not responsible for their death. I will just take their blood, just to be sure that it isn’t wasted. They won’t need it anymore. I need to feed and they are already death. I will not hunt yet but I will eat, I have to…” Moswen thought while taking a decision about it.

He walked out of his hiding place without thinking, very slowly. He didn’t want to surprise the other vampires, he only desire the blood. He walked toward the bodies without saying anything. His entire mind was on the food, on taking some food. No one said anything; the other vampires were like nothing was happening.

He took one of the bodies and feed from it. It was still warm, from his life. The blood was sweet and warm. He took it slowly but with desire. He felt how the sweet liquid was going from his mouth to his stomach; he even felt it when it was running on all his body. From the first drop he felt the animal strength that he have and the itching started to disappear. With each drop he drank the better he felt. He didn’t stop until he took all the blood of the body, he drain it.

“So, are you satisfied?” someone asked behind him.

Moswen turned around with his vampire face but he didn’t answer. He just looked at them. There were they, three vampires with their faces marked with the blood. They were more than happy.

“We are vampires. We are all the same so don’t worry about us. If you are alone you can stay with us” said one of the vampires.

Moswen was alone and he was trying to understand his new powers. Be with other vampires will help him on that. That’s why he accepted to be with them. Maybe he could learn something about being vampire…

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After some days Moswen wasn’t anymore a rookie vampire, or at least he thought it. With his new partners he learned a little more about being a vampire. He didn’t go with them to hunt because he didn’t want to kill humans yet, but with them he had some food. That didn’t mean that he couldn’t hunt.

He learned from them how to hunt, but he didn’t want to do it. He learned how to control his strength and how to use his improved sense system. He learned the basics to survive as a vampire.

The vampires were some kind of rookies too. They didn’t have a lot of time being vampire; the different were that they had someone who taught them. They were kindness and very helpful even when Moswen were more of the antisocial type. But for some reason Moswen didn’t saw them as vampires, they act more like humans. They were like a family and Moswen was a guest there.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Who is this?” some yelled very furious while awaking Moswen.

Moswen stared at him. He looked very mad. He was tall and had a lot of scars on his face. Maybe this one was who taught them. He was more like a warrior, a real vampire…

“Who are you? What are you doing here?” said the vampire mad…

“Does he know Lucjan? Does he know Kort? Should I tell him who I am? Should I tell him that I killed some vampires? Or should I lie to him? Should I fight him? Should I leave now without saying a word? What I’m going to said or to do?” Moswen had his mind in blank. He stared at the vampire without a word…


Last edited by jnmrcs on Mon Jan 16, 2006 9:00 am; edited 2 times in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 16, 2006 8:56 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Chapter 2 is up. I'm going to make some other changes to the rules. It will be 7 days to read it, 4 to vote and 3 to write the new one. I hope I can do it. Enjoy the chapter...

The poll will be the next monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
AreonK
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Wed Jan 18, 2006 4:24 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Nice chapter jnmrcs. I liked the picture in the beginning! Very...origanal. But I like this story, your very realistic, showing the hesitance of Moswen to feed on humans. Very nice. I don't think you tell him anything and see if you can get away with a lie, if not, vampire killin' time!
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jan 19, 2006 4:12 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Thanks.

About the pic, as you said, I made it. I just don't wanted to put some pic wihtout the propper permission so it was faster and better to do it myself. Thanks again.

So far just one reply Sad I hope to see more...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jan 19, 2006 11:33 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Nice chapter Jnmrcs!

Sorry I missed it when it went up. Don't know how that happened Smile

It's a tricky decision point. I think he'll know if you lie to him. I think you should tell him who you are and who sired you. I really don't think you should tell him that you've killed another set of vampires though. This group seems friendly - tell them you'd like to stay. Try and fit in.

And if you tell this new vampire about being sired by Kort, you might be able to lead the conversation around to getting some more information about him. Everything could help. Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Jan 20, 2006 2:09 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The second one on winning in my stories is Shady.

Thanks Shady for helping on this story. As a prize you will be who choose some names here (for the next chapter). Congratulations. I hope you continue helping me on this storygame too.

When you have the info please post it here. I will PM you with more information.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jan 21, 2006 12:30 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Cool. Thanks jnmrcs Smile

Okay, four names, slightly vampiric...

How about:

Leban
Zandus
Darak
Taelya

I'd say the first 3 sound male and the last one female. Seeing as we're more likely to have more to do with the leader than the others, pick your favourite to be the leader Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jan 21, 2006 8:23 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Difficult decision point. You don't want to reveal too much without knowing how these other vampires feel about Kort, or any of the other vampires in general. You enjoy the company of the original group, but this angry, demanding stranger is something else entirely. How does the rest of the group, whose company you've enjoyed, feel about this vampire?

Give your name, since he asked who you were. Explain that you are merely trying to survive- he's doubtful to fault you for that. Then wait and observe. Take cues from your other companions. If they aren't afraid, then consider answering more questions if the questions are forthcoming. If they seem fearful or uneasy, then perhaps you should simply remain silent, and keep a very low profile until you find out more.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jan 21, 2006 11:03 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Nice names Shady. Thanks.

So far we just have three options.

1. Lie
2. Tell them the trhuth but don't talk about Kort.
3. Just answer the questions and examine your companions. If everything looks good then continue the conversation if not just be quiet.

(I hope I have resume what everyone explain) You have until tomorrow to put more ideas. The poll will be up on monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 23, 2006 4:06 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up. It will be up for 4 days. Vote.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
AreonK
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Jan 23, 2006 4:54 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Oh, how about this! Darke for a name of a vampire. I know I'm not supposed to offer names but what the heck i'M BORED. i'LL EDIT THIS IF YOU WANT ME TO, SEE YALL!
Back to top
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Jan 24, 2006 7:23 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

currentl he is a guest in their territory and he has no reason to lie to them. he should answer honestly and openly, without making any untrustworthy suggestions or comments

there doesn't seem to be a need to lie
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Jan 27, 2006 2:10 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is end (or at least it suppose)

Lie 0 (0%)
Tell him who you are and who sired you 1 (25%)
Answer the questions and examine your companions 3 (75%)

Next chapter will be up before monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 30, 2006 1:15 am    Post subject: Chapter 3: Examining the companions Reply with quote

“Who are you? What are you doing here?” asked again the vampire even madder than before.

“I have to answer him but what to say,” thought Moswen while looking at his eyes. Moswen waked up and smiled at the guy before doing anything. It didn’t matter what Moswen were going to do, he just wanted to look friendly to the guy.

“Some vampires called me Moswen” Moswen answered.
“Are you another rookie like these miserable?” asked the vampire.
“I have not much time like a vampire but I know how to live…” Moswen said proudly of what he learned.

“I hope so, because I’m not mommy of yours… I’m Zandus and these vampire apprentice are Leban, Darak and she is Taelya” they salute Moswen as Zandus where saying their names.

Moswen were there for a few days but they didn’t talk between them. For that reason Moswen didn’t know them but he felt their friendship on the contrary of Zandus. Zandus were more like a bad friend or a stepfather at least that thought Moswen.

“I taught them how to be a vampire but they aren’t good enough at it. They accept you without knowing who you are. But I’m not as useless as they…” said Zandus as he transformed to vampire form. “You and me, we have a lot to talk…”

Moswen looked at the other vampires, just to know if the guy is dangerous. His companions were surprised but they didn’t look scared. They were acting like normal, like if he were just testing or maybe trying to scare Moswen. Moswen took some time looking at the faces of the other vampire, he analyze them just to be sure what to do now.

“I’m a vampire too…” said Moswen while he turned into vampire too.
“Are you sure?” asked Zandus.
“Did you want to prove it or just talk…” said Moswen pretending to be with fury.

Moswen and Zandus jumped each one toward the other. They both were fast and strong but in the air they crashed. They both fall even more faster than when they jumped. Moswen fall face up but Zandus turned on time to finish stand up on the ground.

Moswen stood up faster and without thinking he jumped again toward Zandus. This time he was trying to pass over Zandus to attack him by his back. Zandus stayed where he was just looking at Moswen.

Then, when Moswen have almost passed Zandus, Zandus jumped. But this time Zandus jumped to the Moswen’s foot hitting it with his hands. Zandus moved Moswen on the air and with that he misbalanced Moswen, who fall hitting with his head on the ground.

When Moswen moved trying to recover he found Zandus up him, who put his knee on Moswen’s neck giving to him a mocking smile.

“So you are not useless at all,” said Zandus while getting out form Moswen neck.
“Not at all… but I still need to learn” said Moswen swallowing his ego.
“What’s your story newcomer?” asked Zandus more friendly.
“I’m a vampire that is lost,” said Moswen.
“Who sired you? Who is your master? Maybe I can help you to find him,” said Zandus while he returned to the human face.
“I’m not sure about that. I have no master but I know who sired me,” answered Moswen while returning his face to human too.
“The one who sired you is your master,” said Zandus worried.
“As I said I have no master but Kort sired me. Did you know him?” said Moswen

When Moswen said Kort everyone took a surprised face, except for Zandus who just looked at him. “They know him…” thought Moswen by the faces of them but no one said anything.

“It’s supposed that the one who sired you have to be your master but I don’t care if you don’t have a master. Also the vampires usually don’t live alone,” said Zandus. For a moment there were a big silent, while he looked at the vampires and then looked at Moswen again. “I can do you a big favor in exchange of other favor of course. You can join these little bastards but for that you must have a master. That would be me. But first you need to know that if I’m your master I have to select a name for you. But I can leave that to you if you don’t want to change your name…” said Zandus.

“This vampire isn’t like the others but he appear to be friendly. Should I join them? If I join them I have to do him a favor, what he need from me? If I join him should I leave him to change my name or will I choose one or leave the one that I have? Something is for sure they know Kort. Are they friend of him?

Should I try to be with them without joining them? I don’t want to be some useless pet of someone. That was the reason why I fought the others vampires. He said that he will be my master…

It’s time to me for leave now? Can I live alone?” Moswen thought while he looked very carefully at each one of them.

“I will give some days to think about it…” concluded Zandus.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 30, 2006 1:42 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Good chapter, tough decision point.

I'd say use the time to learn what you can from these vampires. Try to get the novices talking to you, try to learn everything about their relationship with Kort that you can, try to become better at surviving, fighting, making your way alone.

I have the feeling that you're going to have to turn down his offer eventually, but in the meantime you can take advantage of what they're prepared to give out Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 30, 2006 3:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

He might not like the word Master but there is nothing wrong with following a leader, and being part of a group. He could learn so much from these other vampires, and once he is no longer an infant vampire he could then choose to set out on his own. Stay.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 30, 2006 9:44 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I haven't thought that, but good. Keep it coming...

Also I forgot to tell you that the poll will be up next monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Feb 02, 2006 3:58 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

So far just two post... my story is going down.
Anyway so far there is just one idea, join them to learn all you can from them.

Other ideas?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Feb 02, 2006 4:03 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

no, that does seem like the most sensible option

and dont worry - just because people dont post doesn't mean they dont read and enjoy it
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Feb 02, 2006 7:18 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

You don't know enough about them yet? What would it entail having a master? And what is the favor?!! Shocked
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Feb 03, 2006 3:46 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

chinaren wrote:
You don't know enough about them yet? What would it entail having a master? And what is the favor?!! Shocked


Moswen just know what you read.

About the master thing it's if Moswen wanted to join. (Also he could try to join them wihtout the master thing)

About the favor... I can't said it...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 06, 2006 3:57 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the poll is up. I have to add some others idea there just to have more options. The poll will be up until thursday. Vote !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 06, 2006 7:47 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

voted for learning all

and winning
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Feb 10, 2006 5:26 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry I'm late... anyway vote have ended.

The results for unanimous desision.... Smile

Join them and learn all you can about being vampire 0% [ 0 ]
Join them and learn all you can about being vampire but also about Kort 100% [ 5 ]
Just join them 0% [ 0 ]
Don't join them 0% [ 0 ]
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Feb 12, 2006 3:25 pm    Post subject: Chapter 4: Joining a clan Reply with quote



“At least I will have some time to think what to do,” thought Moswen while Zandus were leaving.

Moswen have been incorporated to the group very fast, even when he haven’t answered to Zandus about his proposition. Moswen was learning every day. He was trying to learn more about what he is and how to live, just in case if he do not accept Zandus proposition.

After some days Zandus appeared. As the last time he looked like a real vampire warrior, not like the others that were more “humans”, if that was possible.

“I hope you have a decision,” said Zandus.
“I’m not sure about having a master,” said Moswen
“But you are part of us…” interrupted Taelya with a sadly voice.

Taelya was the only women but they all respect her. Like a vampire she hasn’t the common task of the human women. She was like a man, even more she were respected like one. Between vampires there wasn’t much different between women and man tasks, especially when they act like a family.

She still sweet and have the mother spirit and care, or at least she acted like that.

“C’mon Moswen...” said Darak.

He was the wiser between the three of them and also was the taller. He was acting like a teacher for Moswen that was what makes him think that Darak was the wiser. Darak was always helping the others like trying to perfect what they were doing.

Moswen also looked at Leban, the silent one. He was there, just sited down looking at Moswen and Zandus, waiting for Moswen’s answer.

“I still don’t like the master but I will accept your offer,” said Moswen.
“Then I will be your master. Have you thought about the name?”
“Not yet…”
“Don’t worry, I will give you more time for that. Well if I’m your master then you must know my rules. But first the favor that I need from you”
“Tell me”
“I need you to put some spirit on these cowards that I have here. I didn’t have time for waste with them but they appear to appreciate you. Maybe you can exchange knowledge with them. They can help you to live like a vampire and you can give them some spirit. They act just like some retards vampires and what I need are warriors”
“I can try it…”
“Yeah, I know it will be hard. You will be in charge of them and you will only follow my command”
“I can take that”

Zandus leave the lair without saying more. The three vampires were left with Moswen. Even with the order of Zandus, Moswen just continue his life like when he wasn’t part of them.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moswen started to go out more and to train himself. He also talked the others about the training thing. They all agreed about the need of being better vampires. Everyone have something good and something that need to improve.

They also practice some fighting between them. But they didn’t only exchange training they also exchange stories. Stories about them, stories about what they have seen and did. Moswen always took some advantage of these stories trying to find more information about the vampire traditions and about some vampires.

He also tried to take some information about Kort but he just took big silence. When he said his name no one say a word, even more they just looked at each other like they were hiding some secret.

They were improving their abilities and working like a group. They were living more like vampires but they didn’t have the need to be warriors. They even haven’t the need to use their abilities because they were alone on the forest. They only go near persons when they were hunting and of course even if they weren’t training their abilities were better than humans one.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Help me…” yelled from far away.

Moswen were on the forest trying to get some fun running. He heard it and then ran to see what what’s happening. He was just curious about that, he knew that it wasn’t from any of the others vampires.

He ran toward it when he felt the smell of food. Someone was hurt and it was a human. Maybe the vampires were hunting there. Moswen continued running toward the smell until he could see them.

He hid so no one could saw him, just in case. He crouched down and moved to see well. There it was. He saw two men and a woman thrown in the ground but also see some vampires there. He couldn’t know how many but he could herd them laughing.

One of the men was bleeding but the three humans were very scared and trembling. They have good reasons for that. Suddenly Moswen heard someone that was arriving to where he was. He couldn’t know from what way, if from the way of the vampires that were hunting or if from his back.

Moswen didn’t like to hunt but he still has something against the vampires. “Should I protect the humans? Or this is a good opportunity to start hunting? Should I get out from here now or continue hide here to see what’s going on?” thought Moswen while he could hear the movement that was approaching toward him.


Last edited by jnmrcs on Mon Feb 13, 2006 3:15 am; edited 1 time in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Feb 12, 2006 3:28 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

You have until February 20 to post ideas, comments or opinions...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Feb 12, 2006 5:53 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Hunt with them
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 13, 2006 12:42 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

OOooh, tough decision point! Shocked

Are these Moswen's vampires attacking, or are they a completely different set? I wasn't sure from reading the passage, and it would change the outcome of what he decides.

Good storyline, and we're still quite mysterious about Kort... hmm... well, there's time. I'm sure we'll find out.

Just a techncial point here:

Quote:
But they didn’t only exchange train they also exchange stories


Quote:
He also talked the others about the train thing


Sometimes you're using 'train' where it should be 'training'. In the next paragraph down, you use 'fight' instead of 'fighting' too.

Your english is very good, but if you're trying to improve it, then I thought I'd give you a pointer to go on Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 13, 2006 3:13 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

First, they are unknown vampires for Moswen. So they aren't the ones who were with him.

Also I'm still improving my english, so any comments about my writing are welcome.... I will edit it. Thanks.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Feb 16, 2006 3:53 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

So far just...

Hunt with them.

Any other suggestions? You have until monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Feb 16, 2006 11:55 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry jnmrcs, I thought I'd already put a suggestion forward. I've got the memory of a senile bunny-rabbit at times, I swear Shocked

I think driving the other vampires away is the way to go. You don't want them hunting in your territory anyway.

I don't know whether Moswen is ready for killing live humans yet. He doesn't seem to be too sure of what his ideals are yet - but he must have had some experience of hunting by now.

I think he might well save the humans and run off, only to think better of it almost immediately and call his pack together to hunt them down again. That would fit with his split loyalties.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 20, 2006 6:31 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry I am late on this one...I have a lot of catching-up to do at IF and this story is no exception. Hopefully back in time with a good comment before the voting begins.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 20, 2006 3:27 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry for the ones who got late...

The poll is up, it will end on thursday.
There were just two options so I added one more for the votes...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 20, 2006 4:44 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted, and sitting on the fence.
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Feb 21, 2006 1:45 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

voted, and winning
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Feb 23, 2006 3:31 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

lordofthenight is the winner now.

lordofthenight I want you to describe two male, warrior vampires. You can describe them physical, mental and emotional (I need at least physical). Also give them names (remember to use some vampire names).

I will use it on my next chapter (of course I will quote you). Please don’t use too many words (something like two paragraphs will be great). You have until this Sunday.

Congratulations and thanks for your participation…
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Feb 24, 2006 4:35 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Poll ended yesterday...

What should Moswen do now?

Hunt with the extrange vampires 50% [ 2 ]
Drive away the strange vampires 25% [ 1 ]
Wait to see what happen 25% [ 1 ]

Next chapter monday
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Feb 24, 2006 6:58 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

can i just check - what do you mean by vampire names?
and do you mind how old they are?
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Feb 25, 2006 3:43 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

About the age they are young. Or at least on human age.

Vampires names means... please don't use common names on them... Very Happy

Remember you have until tomorrow, I hope you can do it in time.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Feb 25, 2006 3:58 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

i'm doing it now in fact
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Feb 25, 2006 4:15 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

sent it to you, hope it's good enough
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Feb 25, 2006 4:53 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

It's very good for the story.

I PMed you, but please post it here and thanks for your participation.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Feb 25, 2006 6:01 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Name: Atama Gaokashii
Description: Short black hair, pale skin. Wears a lot of black clothing, such as long leather coats and dark glasses. Constantly smokes a cigarette - simply because he can't get cancer. Has a scar horizontally across his throat where it was slit by an angry mob before his was sired, and another running down his left eye.
Personality: Is distrustful of everyone and anything, believing the whole world is out to get him. Often flys into a rage over insignificant things, such as sleeping arrangements.

Name: Vladamir von Streliche
Description: Shoulder length fair hair, blue eyes. A perfect example of the Aryran race. Wears rich clothing, and golden rings on his fingers. Appears to be a noble fop, but was trained as a warrior even as a mortal, before his sire turned him.
Personality: Acts welcoming and friendly to all he meets, but in reality is accessing their every action and comment to discover a weakness. Instinively presses forwards his advanage to discover as much information about a person as he can, but without giving away any information about himself. Will only attack if he feels threatened, otherwise will attempt to blackmail or bride his way to what he wants
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Feb 26, 2006 3:56 pm    Post subject: Chapter 5: The first hunt. Reply with quote

Moswen were there, looking at the humans and smelling them. “That scent…” though Moswen while looking at the open flesh of some of the humans. Three scared humans, one girl and two men. They were laid on the ground with blood on their bodies and some open wounds. All of this waked up the demon that was inside him.

The fear on their eyes, the scent of fear to death, the scent of the prey… The blood; his color, his scent, the humans… Suddenly he got the desire for food, for blood. He tried to contain that demon, that hungry. But his new nature forced him even against his wills.

He jumped from his hide and walked to the humans like if there weren’t any vampires. He just stared at the prey like trying to hunt something that was already dead, dead of fear. The demon inside him was winning the control of his body and then he attacked the humans. He attacked one of the males; he tried to grab him by his neck. But he couldn’t reach him before someone pushed him away.

“And you are?” Said one of the vampires very kindly.

He had shoulder length fair hair and blue eyes. He was wearing rich clothing and golden rings on his fingers. He appeared to be a richest one but looked like a little stupid to Moswen.

“I’m…” Moswen didn’t know if was good idea to told them about him
“That doesn’t matter. You were trying to steal our food,” said the other vampire.

He had short black hair and pale skin. Wearing a black long leather coat and dark glasses with a cigarette on his mouth. He has a scar horizontally across his throat and another running down his left eye.

“I was just trying to get some food,” said Moswen after he could control the demon inside him
“Then you must hunt for your own food,” said the kindly one.
“I thought that vampires were like family” said Moswen worried.

“You have to be kidding…” said the one who have the cigarette
“Take it easy, Gaokashii,” said the other one looking at Moswen with curiosity.
“We have our clans and we act like family but just with our clan,” continued the kindly one like explaining it to Moswen.
“But still, you have three there and you are only two” said Moswen like trying to be friendly with them.

“We have what we need,” said the one with the cigarette very annoyed.

Moswen stared at the one with the cigarette. They looked at each other with anger. They were like that for a long moment, like two animals that wanted to prove which one was the “superior male”. Suddenly the vampire threw the cigarette while jumping toward Moswen and transforming his face into the vampire one. Moswen could saw him but it was late, he hit Moswen with a hard blow with his fist.

Moswen couldn’t avoid the blow but at least he didn’t fell on the ground. He stabilized himself while changing his face too. Then he stared at the two vampires.

“Should we have to fight him?” asked the kindly one while he was transforming too.
“C’mon people let’s talk,” he continued like trying to convince his own partner of it.

“I’m Moswen and like I said I was just hunting,” said Moswen trying to convince them about the not fight thing.
“You see, Gaokashii. That’s better…. I’m a vampire and we were trying to eat,” said the kindly one.
“I’m Atama Gaokashii. I was prepared to eat when some useless vampire interrupted me. I don’t know what you have against me but it doesn’t matter because it won’t survive this battle,” said Gaokashii

They three stared for a little moment before Gaokashii attacked again Moswen.

“This is strange… Here I’m fighting for some human and all because I was hunting them. Me, the one who hated the hunt thing” thought Moswen while moving backward to avoid the disadvantage battle.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile…

“C’mon you two…” said Darak while running.
“What’s the hurry?” said Taelya.
“Did you smell that? It’s blood; it’s food…” said Darak like explaining it.
“We know what is that. Don’t be stupid” said Leban.
“Then you must hurry, let’s hunt them” said Darak like giving an order.
“They are just human. Did you think that they could hide from us?” concluded the conversation Leban.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moswen were stared at them. He felt angry because this was a disadvantage battle, a dishonored one; at least for him. That made him felt heat on his body, felt fury and desire to fight them. He started to concentrate on his two enemies; he wanted to be a warrior, a real vampire as Zandus said.

On the environment you could felt the rivalry. The scent of blood was everywhere and the air was heavy by the fury. Their nature was asking for the battle. Their bodies got in preparation for the fight.

Gaokashii ran toward Moswen while the other vampire jumped toward Moswen too. Moswen just stayed where he was. He could evade the Gaokashii blow and impact him with his fist and all his strength but he wasn’t enough fast to evade the fist of the other vampire who cut Moswen on the face. Moswen stood up as fast as he could, giving some punches to the other vampire just to be sure he wasn’t too close. But even with that Moswen fell again.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile…

“There it is” said Darak while hiding near where the humans where.
“That’s Moswen?” said Taelya while pointing to Moswen.
“Nice, he was hunting without us…” said Leban.

“Look well. I don’t think he was hunting,” said Taelya
“Even worst. He was fighting without us…” said Leban.

“Should we help him?” asked Taelya
“We must wait. Just to have more information on what’s happening,” said Darak.
“I want some fun too” said Leban while sitting on the ground.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Something started to burn form the inside of Moswen’s body. It was moving on all his body. He felt more strength and more power that was coming from his inside demon. But this time Moswen didn’t fight it; he encouraged it and gave it energy. Then the demon awaked again but this time not against his wishes by the contrary, awaked because he need it to survive.

Moswen stood up with an angry face and with the demon on him. He looked at Gaokashii but having in mind to attack the other vampire. Then he jumped toward Gaokashii but he didn’t go in range so Gaokashii couldn’t attack him. Instead he jumped again toward the other vampire who was running toward him. That made the surprise even faster.

Then he attacked the other vampire with his hands. First he attacked him with his fist hard enough to stop him. While the vampire was falling Moswen gave him a lot of punches on his stomach. Then Moswen attack him with his knee while turning around so he could see Gaokashii.

But it was too late; Gaokashii was upside his head and was falling with fury upon him. Moswen couldn’t do anything about it except wait the blow with all his strength.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile…

Leban stood up when heard the sound of fear and surprise that Taelya was doing. They saw Moswen waiting the impact.

“Watch out…” murmured Leban while he was jumping to the back of Moswen.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Suddenly Moswen heard something on his back but he didn’t turned around, he had to protect himself of the coming enemy, or at least try it. Moswen tried to find something on the ground; a rock, a piece of wood, whatever he could use to protect himself from the incoming blow.

But instead of him received that blow he heard a crash, like if two bodies hit between them. Immediately after that he heard some yell of pain and some blood fell upon him.
He turned to see what happened and saw Leban and Gaokashii on the ground, both of them.

Moswen could find a piece of wood on the ground; he took it and made it like a stake. Quickly he inlaid it on the vampire that was underneath him. While he was doing it Gaokashii waked up so fast that he was again upside Moswen. But this time Moswen moved to the right side of the vampire that was on the ground. He did it so fast that Taelya didn’t noticed it while she was jumping on where he was to help him.

Gaokashii fell upside Taelya but Moswen was waiting that he put a feet on the ground so he could attack him again. Moswen ran toward Gaokashii who faster enough, was outside of the Moswen range.

When Moswen arrived at where Taelya were, Darak was there too. So Moswen moved toward Gaokashii very cautiously.

When Darak arrived to Taelya she was on the ground with her back upside. He took her and turned around just to discover that she was uncompleted. He looked very surprised at her body and then looked at Gaokashii. Moswen was looking to his back and to the front too, from time to time. He saw the expression on Darak’s face and when Darak looked at Gaokashii he did it too to know what happened.

Gaokashii has her head on his hands and he was maintaining it up while smiling. Suddenly he changed his face so abruptly that everyone looked to where he was looking at.

“What are you doing?” everyone heard that someone who was arriving yelled.

It was Zandus and he looked very angry.

“I was hunting when this stupid attacked us,” said Gaokashii
“I just wanted food. I didn’t attack him until he started” said Moswen
“Look at Vladamir,” said Gaokashii while leaving Taelya’s head fall to the ground.

Zandus looked very mad at Moswen who was very surprised. Moswen didn’t know that they were friends of Zandus. Then Zandus looked at Vladamir who was on the ground with the stake on his chest. Everyone looked at it and later looked at Zandus like waiting for an order from him. But everything that were there was in silence, a dense silence.

“But he killed one of us” interrupted Leban.
“That doesn’t matter, it was in self defense…” said Gaokashii.

“You will have to pay for it…” said Zandus very calmly after a long silence.

Darak and Leban approached to Moswen. They three were very surprised at this battle. They also didn’t know what to do, but at least Moswen was sure of something. Leban and Darak will support whatever Moswen said.

“We have to kill them, he killed one of us…” murmured Darak.
“What we are going to do?” asked almost murmuring Leban.

In one side were Gaokashii and in the other side Leban, Darak and Moswen but in the middle were Zandus.

“We are even,” said Leban.
“You took out one of my warriors and leave the food go away. You just lost a stupid girl. And are we even?” said Zandus very mad.
“I was just informing you,” said Leban in a neutral tone.

“What to do now? Attack them? Can we survive against Zandus? Or should we just try to talk to him? It’s time to go now? I have to think fast but more important wise…” thought Moswen while Leban and Darak were staring at him.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before. Thanks lordofthenight for your participation.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Feb 26, 2006 3:57 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry that this chapter is too long but that’s what inspiration gave me. Enjoy it.

You have until next Monday (march 6) to give opinions, options and ideas.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Feb 26, 2006 4:24 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

no matter - long is good, especially when about vampires

i don't think he should try to attack zandus, at least not yet. he's obviously the most powerful vampire there, and the fleglings have been proven not to be the most capable warriors
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Feb 26, 2006 11:26 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Nice plot developments there. Cool

I suppose we've got to attempt to talk Zandus down first. In the end, though, I have a feeling it will come down to either fighting or fleeing. Moswen won't want to flee from all he's achieved here. He has a group of people who respect him and want him around. That might be hard to find elsewhere.

The other vampires seem to be on his side. I think he'd, after talking had failed, try to fight Zandus. Whether or not he succeeds is the author's choice, of course Very Happy
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Feb 27, 2006 3:46 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Great chapter Very Happy

Tough decision point. He has found acceptance of a sort, and can learn much of what he needs to survive from these vampires. Running away won't do much good- only make him hunted. And fighting might just get him killed, although that may be his only option. Try reasoning first. Try to explain.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
Blaze_
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Feb 27, 2006 11:31 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Fight, These are hungry and idiotic beings, might as well rip a few heads off.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Mar 01, 2006 3:27 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Nice. I'm very happy you all enjoyed it.

Right now we have only two choices...

1. Try reasoning first. If talking had failed, try to fight Zandus.
2. Fight.

And something is for sure, no one wanted to flee... Smile

What about more discussion here...

Should Moswen involve Leban and Darak on his desision?

Should Moswen ask them to know what they wanted to do? (I think they already said it, but anyway)

Should Moswen fight them all alone? or use Darak and Leban while he go out? Or fight they three to all of them?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Mar 01, 2006 3:55 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Definitely involve them in the decision, if he intends to talk things out rather than simply fight.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Mar 01, 2006 4:31 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

definatly try to talk, if they fight they'll probably lose
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 06, 2006 11:44 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok People, poll is up. You have until thursday to vote.

Also I added one more option so we have three options.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
kingcappie
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Mar 06, 2006 11:45 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Try talking first, and only fight if necessary.
Back to top
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 06, 2006 3:44 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'd say wait and except his descion, only fighting if there really is no other alternative.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Mar 10, 2006 3:12 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people, the poll ended. I hope that the next monday I will have the next chapter. Thanks for voting.

Try to talk to Zandus and if that fail then fight 75% [ 3 ]
Wait for Zandus, hoping his desision wouldn't be bad for you
25% [ 1 ]
Just fight them 0% [ 0 ]
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 13, 2006 3:28 am    Post subject: Chapter 6: Zandus Clan - Part I: The members Reply with quote

Chapter 6: Zandus Clan
Part I: The members

“We are sorry about this. We didn’t know that they were your friends,” said Moswen trying to apology to Zandus.
“They are my warriors. I don’t have a big group. They are my only warriors,” said Zandus explaining to Moswen.

“Maybe you should change your warriors. If we could kill one of them they weren’t good enough to be called warriors” said Leban with a smile on his face.

“We can take them,” murmured Darak to Moswen.
“Shut up, we will not fight them,” murmured Moswen.

“I can take all of you right now” said Gaokashii very mad.

“Let’s just say that you will have to replace Vladamir,” said Zandus while pointing to Moswen
“I don’t understand…” said Moswen
“You will be my new warrior; you will replace the one you took. Also you owe me food,” said Zandus very seriously.

“Like I said, we can take him” said Leban smiling.
“You really want to fight?” asked Gaokashii while staring at Leban.
“He is just saying…” said Moswen trying to make a joke of Leban’s comments

“Don’t listen to him, Gaokashii. He is just another stupid vampire but if he still insists on a fight I can give him one…” interrupted Zandus while looking at Moswen like waiting for an answer.

“We don’t want to fight. We lost one of ours; you have to understand…” said Moswen.

“No problem. But you owe me one warrior and food…” interrupted Zandus

Suddenly Moswen felt a shadow coming to him. He tried to look at it but it was too late. Something struck him and he fall to the ground.

“Why are you replacing me with him? I mean, I know he is strong but not that strong…” said Vladamir while taking out the stake from his chest. “He needs to be more accurate…” concluded Vladamir with a smile.

“Are we still need these little stupid vampires with us?” asked Gaokashii while changing his face to vampire one.

Moswen stood up as fast as he could. Leban was on one side and Darak in the other side of Moswen. They were just waiting for Zandus decision, at least Moswen. Leban and Darak were waiting for Moswen orders; they were ready to fight them. But Moswen didn’t want to fight he just wanted to survive all of this; even more he wanted his friends to survive it.

“I just have to say that you don’t need to replace me but maybe we could add a new warrior to us,” said Vladamir, apparently being friendly.
“They will attack us in the moment we got off guard. They just wanted to kill me from the beginning…” said Gaokashii very mad.
“You and your persecution thing…” said Vladamir laughing.

“I just don’t trust them,” said Gaokashii.
“You don’t trust anyone,” said Zandus.

“C’mon Zandus. We are waiting your decision but as I said we can have a bigger group. Also I don’t want to start this again,” said Vladamir like trying to be friendly but his face showed something different.

“Ok. We can accept Moswen as a warrior but the others two not. They are useless to us,” said Zandus
“For me, they all are useless,” said Gaokashii.
“We can finish this later, let’s go” concluded Zandus while pointing on what direction to go, to Moswen.

Moswen started to walk with Leban and Darak. They didn’t talk on all the way. They were like thinking, each one of them. Also Moswen was trying to hear the others; just to be sure they wouldn’t attack him from behind.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

When they arrived at the hiding place they waited for the others there.

“We are one group or clan, so it doesn’t matter if you join them or not. We are going to be in the same clan,” said Darak.
“Yeah, whatever… If Moswen go with them we are not being in the same group, even when we are just one clan, as you said” said Leban while he was entering to the cave.

“Don’t worry Moswen. It doesn’t matter what is your choice we will be in the same clan and I will respect you…” said Darak while leaving Moswen alone on the entrance of the cave.

Sometime after arrived Vladamir.

“No hard feelings…” said Vladamir while approaching to Moswen. Then Vladamir stretch his arm to salute Moswen, who saluted him.

“I was just defending myself,” said Moswen.
“Don’t worry, you are strong but if you join us we can make you more strong and accurate…” said Vladamir while giving a smile to Moswen. “Take your time and think about it,” concluded Vladamir while going inside the cave.

Then arrived Gaokashii with Zandus. They were like discussing something but Zandus stopped before Moswen could hear something. Gaokashii continued to the cave alone.

“I don’t care what Zandus said, you will no live so much with us. Even if you think that you are strong you are just some other vampire; no more no less” said Gaokashii while going inside the cave alone, annoyed and mad.

Then Zandus started to approach to Moswen.

“Here are your choices. You can join Gaokashii and Vladamir and leave the stupid ones alone. Or you can continue with them but without me. I’m taking Gaokashii and Vladamir to have some fun. I will return from time to time just to see if you three continue alive. It’s your choice but whatever you choose you owe me the food…” said Zandus while going inside the cave.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“I have to go out to hunt some humans. Should I go alone? Or even better, should I send Leban and Darak to do it? They will do it. Or should I try to convince Vladamir to go with me so I can know him better? I could try to go with Gaokashii but he could kill me instead of help me. What about with Gaokashii and Vladamir? Maybe I should just try to convince Zandus that I don’t owe him nothing so I haven’t to find some humans to him” Moswen were thinking before enter the cave.

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =
Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 13, 2006 3:28 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

This chapter has been divided in two. Even with that I ended this chapter with a decision point even more two decisions have to been made. One decision is about the hunt thing and other about the joining thing. Please give your opinion and discuss about both of them. If you have other suggestions do it as well.

But like I’m doing one chapter every two weeks this time you have less time. The discussions will be until Wednesday then I will put the poll until Friday.

I hope this didn’t bother you. Enjoy.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 13, 2006 6:58 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

We shouldn't abandon trust and loyalty for strength. Stick with your friends before switching sides.

Moswen is somewhat in a leadership position at this point. If Zandus wants food and nothing more, then suggest that Leban and Darak go with Vladamir to hunt. You can speak with Zandus then, and the suspicious Gaokashii can remain present for the conversation.

You don't have to win the trust of Gaokashii, but at the very least impress Zandus, if for no other reason than to secure your own worth.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 13, 2006 7:18 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Good chapter Juan Very Happy

I think he needs to stick with his friends. THere's no point in being stronger and more powerful if you end up dead from a sneak attack. The strong ones are not your friends, nor will they ever truly be.

Now that Zandus has effectively left you in charge of the other two indefinitely, it might be the time to accept who you are and begin to learn the skills it takes to be a vampire.

After all, how long will they carry on respecting you and obeying your commands if you won't even hunt humans? You should bond with them. Become who you were meant to be. Find some humans to repay Zandus with, and then your debt to him will be over and you can stop looking over your shoulder.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 13, 2006 1:42 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I think he should go with Zandus. If he goes off on a tangent with his friends it would similar to attempting to make yourself look better by surronding yourself with those lower than you.

Refusing his offer would only make an enemy of Zandus, and as the eldest there that is not something you want. You are now equally matched in number, but as older and more powerful number the warriors have the advantage.

Darak has already said he won't hold it against you if you join the more powerful group, a move that is only sensible. If they wanted you dead it would not take too much effort for them to extinguish you regardless, and there is nothing to be lost from siding with the more powerful group.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 13, 2006 3:53 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Very nice.... options I haven't thought.
This is going even better what I thought. Good, keep it coming people.

Shady, when you said them, did you mean Leban and Darak only?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 13, 2006 11:31 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Yeah, I meant 'the stupid ones' - his friends. Not the new group. Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Mar 14, 2006 1:23 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, so far we got

Hunt with Darak and Leban
Send Darak Vladamir and Leban to hunt while you talk to Moswen

Also (for the other thing)

Stick with your friends
Go with Zandus

More suggestions...

Remember that Tomorrow will end the discussion and I will put the poll Wednesday night (the most late I could) or Thursday morning (the early I could) and the poll will end friday (if posted wednesday) or saturday (if posted thursday). It will be 3 days for vote (something like that).
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Mar 16, 2006 11:01 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry I'm late... but here is the poll.

Please red them very carefully as I put both desision points on them (all the posible combination, I hope), then vote.

I will select the option with more votes.

The poll will be up until saturday, near this time...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Mar 16, 2006 3:59 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

on the poll, options three and four - surely you are Moswen?
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Smee
Revered IFian



Joined: 16 Oct 2004

Posts: 5215
Location: UK

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Mar 16, 2006 10:23 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

After catching up I agree with Fauna's and Stoat's ideas.

Get Zandus off your back by getting the food he wants and then secure your position with the other 3.

Good Story Jnmrcs, I'm enjoying it.

Happy Writing Smile
_________________
The path of my life is strewn with cowpats from the Devil's own Satanic Herd!
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Mar 18, 2006 4:14 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry people, it appears that I forgot to put the end date for the poll. So it was supposed to end today. Here is the finals votes.

Should Moswen join Zandus warriors? Should Moswen hunt?

Join Zandus and Hunt with Darak and Leban 0% [ 0 ]

Don't Join Zandus and Hunt with Darak and Leban 33% [ 1 ]

Join Zandus and Send Darak, Leban and Vladamir to hunt while
you speak to Moswen 0% [ 0 ]

Don't join Zandus and Send Darak, Leban and Vladamir to hunt while you speak to Moswen 66% [ 2 ]

Join Zandus and Don't Hunt 0% [ 0 ]

Don't join Zandus and Don't Hunt 0% [ 0 ]

I hope I canput the next chapter on monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 20, 2006 1:54 pm    Post subject: Chapter 6: Zandus Clan - Part II: The warriors Reply with quote

Chapter 6: Zandus Clan
Part II: The warriors

After thinking on it Moswen took a decision. “I have an idea… I just hope it works,” thought Moswen while walking inside the cave. He went directly to where was Zandus.

“I owe you some food and I will bring it to you. But instead of I hunting its better if I stay and we talk,” said Moswen very firmly.

“I’m not sure of what you are saying,” said Zandus looking at Moswen’s eyes.
“I got a better idea. Like we all are the same clan then we must act like it. Why not go Leban, Darak and Vladamir to hunt?” said Moswen.
“Are you afraid of hunt? Why don’t you go? You are the one who owe me,” said Zandus.
“Because I have to talk to you. In any way, I’m not the leader of Leban and Darak?” said Moswen.

Zandus looked at Leban and Darak and then looked at Moswen almost annoyed. “Yes you are…” murmured Zandus.
“Then they will go to hunt. You decide if Vladamir goes or not, you are his leader. But if you want to be sure that you will obtain your food then, maybe… and I said maybe, you should send one of your warriors. Of course, one with his head well…” concluded Moswen very seriously but in his interior he was laughing of what everything came out.

After some moments Zandus looked at Vladamir like thinking. Then he looked at Moswen “ok, you are right this time”.

Zandus went to where Vladamir was; when he arrived he talked to him. “You are going to hunt with the stupid ones. Be sure that they return with some food, at least for me…” said Zandus like murmuring to Vladamir, who just smiled at him and moved his head up and down accepting his task.

While Zandus was talking to Vladamir, Moswen was talking to Leban and Darak. “You two are going to hunt with Vladamir. Try to find something and keep an eye on Vladamir, just in case…” Moswen ordered more like advising.

Then they three went out to hunt.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile, the hunting group

They three Darak, Leban and Vladamir, went out to hunt. They were walking in silence watching at each other all the time.

“So, did you know how to find humans?” asked Vladamir.
“No we don’t,” answered Leban with a smile on his face.
“C’mon Leban, take it easy. We know how to hunt, so don’t worry we will return with some humans,” said Darak.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After some silent Moswen started to talk to Zandus. “So we are all the same clan, but are more or just us?” asked Moswen.

“I have one group more. Three more vampires are on that group,” answered Moswen.
“Then why you didn’t present all the clan?” asked Moswen.
“I don’t think that it’s necessary,” answered Zandus.
“One of our vampires is dead because they didn’t knew each other” said Moswen trying to hide his angry.
“The one that died, she was just a simple vampire. That’s why I have three groups. The first one is the one of the stupid vampires or simple, as maybe you prefer to call it. The second one is the training ones and the third is the warriors one,” explained Zandus.

“I don’t know why you are giving him so much information. He could be a spy or just trying to know our clan to extinguish it” interrupted Gaokashii.
“Just because nobody likes you that doesn’t mean that everyone wants to kill you. Even when almost everyone wants you dead” said Moswen looking at Gaokashii’s eyes.
“You think you are a great warrior, but you are just a simple stupid vampire…” said Gaokashii.
“As each vampire” interrupted Moswen with a smile on his face.

“Stop you two, and that’s and order,” said Zandus. “So you think that I did the things wrong? Are you blaming on me your friend’s death?” asked Zandus very angry.
“Did I say that? I’m just saying that maybe its better if we know all the clan and work together,” said Moswen.

“I can see your point,” said Gaokashii. “You want to know us all so you can know who you need to kill. Zandus, I will just say that we don’t need him,” concluded Gaokashii.
“Yeah, maybe. But, we really need a scared vampire?” asked Moswen.
“I’m not a scared vampire..." said Gaokashii.
“Then why you are always thinking that the others want to kill you,” said Moswen.
“You are just jealous,” said Gaokashii.
“Of you… I don’t think so,” said Moswen.
“Of the real vampires. And I’m one of them” said Gaokashii.
“One of the training group… yes you are” said Moswen while giving to Gaokashii a malicious smile.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile, the hunting group

After some time they found sign of humans. Then they ran towards it to find them.

“Did you see? We found them,” said Darak very calmly.
“Let’s finish this fast,” said Leban while jumping toward them.

“Wait…” murmured Darak trying to stop Leban but it was too late.
“He is fast but don’t think…” said Vladamir while looking at Leban.

There were two men with a woman. The same woman they saw before but this time with two different men. She started to yell when she saw Leban on the air.

Leban fell near her. He threw her to the ground while the two men took some wood from a bonfire that they have. Then they ran toward Leban to attack him from behind but Leban was very fast and turned around in time.

Darak attacked them before they could attack Leban. Darak pushed them to the bonfire. Leban jumped to land in front of them. One of the men attacked Leban with the wood but Leban took it with his hands and hit him with his head. Immediately he threw him to a side and pushed the other one.

Darak was coming from behind the men and found one of them going to him back wards. He hit him on the head and then took him by the cloth and threw him to the bonfire again. But this time the man couldn’t avoid the fire and fall on it. His clothes caught fire and he jumped fast yelling and running.

Leban and Darak looked at each other and started to laugh. Suddenly something hit Darak head so hard that he fall to the ground. Then Leban, surprised, jumped to avoid Darak body and the one who hit Darak, who was coming toward him.

“Vladamir…” yelled Leban very angry.

“I’m here,” said Vladamir very calmly while going down from a tree.

Vladamir fall very near to the man who tried to fight Leban and with a small but hard movement hit him. The man fell to the ground unconscious, as was Darak.

“I just thought that you two could with this…” said Vladamir very seriously.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“I think that you better keep quite, Gaokashii. He is good at words and if he wanted he could be as good being a vampire as he is with words,” said Zandus while looking at Moswen.
“It was an honor, but I think that it’s better for the clan if I stay with Leban and Darak” said Moswen.
“Yes. You are right, you are a loser like them” interrupted Gaokashii.
“Like I said before it’s better if all the clan know to each other” Moswen continued like if nobody interrupted him. “Also I don’t think that vampires have so much difference. Leban and Darak can be as good as Gaokashii. I personally believe that they can be better than him, they just need some help and training,” concluded Moswen.
“More training? I hope they can hunt…” said Gaokashii.
“As always you don’t understand, but I have no problem with explain it to you. They need training but not in their bodies but in their minds. It would be better for the clan if I stay with them and train their minds. As I’m their leader I have to take care of their training…” concluded Moswen.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile, the hunting group

“We lost one,” said Leban to Darak who was waking up.
“We have to find him,” said Darak.
“Let’s just forget him. We have three here,” said Leban
“Yes, and one of them is dead…” said Vladamir.

“That just means that we have less time. That’s all,” said Leban annoyed.
“Ok, let’s go. At least we have one intact,” said Darak. “I don’t remember you on the fight” concluded Darak pointing to Vladamir.
“That’s because I wasn’t on it. I thought that I was here to see and not to hunt, sorry if I misunderstand my task,” said Vladamir very calmly.

“Don’t worry, let’s just go” said Darak.

Then each one of them took one of the humans and started top walk fast.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“I’m not sure of what you are thinking, but if you prefer to stay with them it’s your choice. I don’t really care about them. You are the one who is losing the time not me,” concluded Zandus.

After that no one said other word until the hunting group arrived.

Darak, Leban and Vladamir put the humans on a group on the center of the cave. Then each one of them went to his leader. Darak and Leban went to where Moswen was and Vladamir went to where Zandus was.

Meanwhile where Moswen was…

“Are you ok?” asked Moswen.
“Of course” said Leban.
“We lost one,” said Darak. “Also, the woman is the one who escaped before the men not” concluded Darak.

“There could be a group of humans. We have to be more careful,” said Moswen while congratulating Darak and Leban with his hand and his face, giving them a smile.

Where Zandus was…

“What happened?” asked Zandus.
“Nothing. They hunted these three; one if dead, the other two still alive,” said Vladamir.
“Who could tell? They know how to hunt,” said Gaokashiii so loud that the Moswen group could hear it.
“They just lose one,” said Vladamir.

“This could be a problem,” thought almost at the same time Moswen and Zandus while looking at each other.

“Let’s eat,” said Zandus to the entire group. Then he took the live man.
“You two can take the others,” said Zandus pointing to Vladamir and Gaokashii.

“I will take the girl, I need some fun…” said Gaokashii while taking the woman and moving to a hide spot on the cave.
“I’m not hungry,” said Vladamir giving a smile to Moswen and moving to a corner on the cave and sitting down.

“Then you three can take the dead…” said Zandus while moving to other corner to eat the man.

“We hunt them and they decide which one to take first,” murmured Leban very angry.
“He is the clan leader,” said Darak to Leban.
“Their leader. Our leader is Moswen,” said Leban.
“Take it easy. We are two groups but the same clan,” said Darak trying to calm down Leban.
“Tell that to them not to me. They treat us as we were trash. It’s their leader, their clan and their food. That’s how this is working…” said Leban very mad.
“This is our clan and Zandus is the leader…” said Darak almost stopping Leban.
“Not for so much time. Moswen, are you with me?” asked Leban.

“What to do now? If I attack Zandus, will Vladamir and Gaokashii help him? I know that traitors are always treated as something bad, but aren’t vampires enough bad? Maybe it’s better just object how the humans have been distributed and talk this to Zandus. But could be better just forget this? What should I do, or say to Leban and Darak?” Moswen were thinking meanwhile stared at the dead man.

Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 20, 2006 1:55 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I’m really really sorry that I’m late. But I forgot the chapter on my house so I have to wait until return to post it. Because of that you will have until Thursday for the discussion part.

This chapter has been divided in two. This one is the second part, it ended with a decision point and as the previous part you have less time. The discussions will be until Thursday then I will put the poll until Friday.

Also sorry this part is so long, but I hope it deserves it.

I hope this didn’t bother you. Enjoy.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 20, 2006 2:18 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I still say not to attack Zandus - he is the oldest one there, and Gaokashii and Vladimir are the best warriors. Attacking them would just be tandamont to sucide.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Mar 21, 2006 3:59 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Great chapter! Worth the wait. Smile

Moswen wants to unite the clan. Vampires are used to living on the fringes...perhaps initially ashamed of what they had become, like Moswen. Or perhaps from persecution. Either way, I think that he has impressed Zandus with the integrity of his mind, and his ability to lead.

Moswen could become a powerful force to shape his own future and the future of his clan. He sought the company of other vampires to learn to live as a vampire, and found that the vampires he joined with are almost as clueless as him

If he can convince Zandus to unite the clans, then the vampires could become a force to reckon with. Their existence will improve, and perhaps even ways to hunt better- this isn't necessarily a good thing for the humans, but it is a good thing for our vampire Mad

As far as the way the food was distributed...the hunt was for Zandus, Zandus is the clan leader....let him divide the prey the way he sees fit. Sometimes it's better to show respect than to demand equality, and this is one of those situations.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Mar 21, 2006 1:17 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Nice and interestings thoughts...

Well so far we got:

Respect Zandus desision
Don't fight them

Almost the same but they are different. Moswen could not fight but neither respect.

Also we got in a long way... Try to unite the clan...

Ideas, comments...

I will put the poll up Thursday morning so keep it coming...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Mar 23, 2006 3:17 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people the poll is up (I added one option)

Respect Zandus desision
Don't fight them
Fight them

Remember Respect Zandus desicion and don't fight them isn't the same.

You have until saturday to vote.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Mar 23, 2006 7:21 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

As I suggested, he should respect Zandus' decision, and my vote went that way.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Mar 23, 2006 4:27 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted, and winning.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Mar 26, 2006 4:30 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll ended:

Respect Zandus Desicion 100% [ 3 ]
Don't fight them 0% [ 0 ]
Fight them 0% [ 0 ]

Wao, everyone who voted wanted the same.
Next Chapter Monday, I hope.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 27, 2006 3:34 am    Post subject: Chapter 7: One clan united Reply with quote

Chapter 7: One clan united

There was just a moment of silent. Then Moswen looked at Leban and Darak.

“We can hunt more if we wanted, why worry about this? Let’s eat and have some fun,” said Moswen giving them a smile.
“As I said before, we are one clan” concluded Darak.
“Whatever, but I’m just following Moswen order” said Leban while taking his food.

While they eat Vladamir was looking at them, like studying them but also playing with one of his rings. It was like his body were there but his mind were very far. Moswen noticed it but he didn’t give any importance to it.

Leban bit one hand while Darak did the same with the other one. They started to taste the blood of the dead one. It wasn’t so fresh but it still food for them. While they were taking what he had left of life Moswen sited down.

Then started the yelling of the live ones that were been eaten. The man was yelling with terror and pain on his voice but the woman was yelling with something more tenebrous. On her voice you could hear what she was thinking and even worse, what was happening to her.

Zandus was taking everything of her before feeding himself with the life of her. He took her honor and her hope before taking his life. He took her body and her mind by the force. Then he used it as he wished and after that he destroyed it. He killed her in life.

Moswen were like trying to concentrate to not hear it but she got nice lungs and believe it, she was using all of it. That terrible sound just made Moswen remember when he was sired. The pain, the yelling and all the death that the vampires left on his city when they were just feeding themselves. But this time Moswen wasn’t a human being he was a vampire.

“Be a vampire really makes me a monster…” thought Moswen while he was raising his glance. Then he looked at Vladamir to the eyes. Vladamir were like enjoying what he heard.

Then Moswen found it. “I’m not anymore a human. My human nature it’s dead, I’m now a vampire. This isn’t my fault but this is what I’m now. And I will be the best vampire I could…” thought Moswen while he was staring to Vladamir eyes.

After the Leban and Darak ate they three found a spot where they could past the day waiting for the night.

“Be prepared because tomorrow it will start a new era for us…” murmured Moswen to Leban and Darak. They two just looked at each other very surprised and curious.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moswen waked up and awaked Leban and Darak. “It’s time to take this vampire thing seriously,” thought Moswen while going out with them.

“We have to train but this time we are going to train our minds,” said Moswen while walking.

This was hardest than train their bodies because no one could know what they were thinking. Also this was going to be more difficult with Leban but if, at least, he could teach a little more to Darak then Leban would be easier.

Then they started to learn how to think like a vampire. Moswen taught them to work on group and to work for the best of the clan. Even when they respect Moswen, he needed to teach them to respect Zandus too, or something like that.

“You have to respect and obey what I said, if you want me to be your leader,” said Moswen very firmly while looking at them.
“You are my leader,” said Leban without losing any time.
“Even if my order looks to you stupid you will have to do as I said…” said Moswen.
“You know we will do it. We respect you,” said Darak.
“Yes, but only you…” added Leban.

“C’mon Leban don’t…” tried to said Darak.
“You are right” interrupted Moswen. “You have to obey me and just me…” said Moswen.
“But remember we are part of a clan, of Zandus clan…” said Darak nervously.
“We don’t care about that now, Darak. I’m your leader and not Zandus. Even when he is my leader he isn’t yours. You will obey me even if that means disobey Zandus…” concluded Moswen.

But this wasn’t a thing of just saying and because of that Moswen have to prove them all the time. He even gave them order of staying all the night on one place and later return to the cave. He have to be sure that they were with him. He tested and taught them for days.

Some times they saw Vladamir and Gaokashii in the forest. For Leban they were spying them but Moswen didn’t give any importance to it. After some days they left the cave with Zandus.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Now we need to know ourselves. We need to take care of our fears…” said Moswen one night. “Let’s hunt,” concluded Moswen.

Then they got prepared and went out to find humans. They were responding very well to Moswen lessons. They knew a lot of things and now they were thinking more like vampires, like a mini-clan.

The searched the forest for humans. When they found track of human they followed it and found almost twenty humans there.

“This is going to be a real dinner” said Leban.
“Wait” said Moswen almost without thinking. “They are too much for us. We just need three of them. We will wait until they get divided and then we hunt what we need” said Moswen.
“We can with them” said Darak like questioning Moswen’s order.
“We can but we wouldn’t. they are scared of us because they can’t see us also they don’t know us. If some of them get lost when we were hunting them they could told the others about us” said Moswen.
“They could even say that we left some alive. That’s a bad thing for us because then they will be requesting to us to leave some of them alive” said very convinced Leban.

Moswen and Darak just looked at him and then started to laugh.
“I’m serous…” said Leban.
Then they stopped laughing and got hide.

“They have stakes…” said Leban while looking at the humans.
“Look at it. The man, there” said Darak while pointing to a man.
“Who is he?” asked Moswen very intrigued.
“He escaped from before” said Darak.
“Then he is our food for today” said Moswen.

After some hours almost all of the humans went out of the camp. They were just a few humans there.

“This is our opportunity” said Leban with his mouth watered.
“Ok, but remember that we have to find the man from before” said Moswen.

Then they surrounded the camp trying to find him. Darak was who found him and immediately made some signals to the others to where the man was. He was entering to one of the tent. They three surrounded the tent and he heard the man talking.

“I survived to these night creatures. They weren’t so terrible as everyone said…” said the man.

Then Leban started to murmured something “you see, I told you…” immediately Moswen and Darak started to laugh again. “Let’s do it,” said Moswen.

They three attacked from different sides the tent. They were just appearing when the man started to yell like a girl. “C’mon, we are not so bad,” said Leban while knocking the man. Then Darak took a nude woman who was with him. They were so fast that no one could see them even when the man alerted them with the yell.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

They were preparing to eat when something hit Darak. Darak fell to the ground but he immediately got up. Then they three started to look at each tree to see what it was. Suddenly someone attack them again. Even when they could see the shadow coming they couldn’t evade it and this time the shadow hit all of them.

Darak fall again but Moswen and Leban didn’t, they could still stand.

“It’s a vampire” said Leban very angry.
“Should we attack him?” asked Darak.
“Don’t transform. Let’s see what he want first” said Moswen.

“What are you doing beast?” yelled Leban.
“I’m preparing my dinner…” answered the shadow while coming to attack again.

They try to evade it but it was so fast that they hit them again.

“I like the blood of the bad ones…” said while giving a badly laugh.

“He thinks that we are humans” murmured Leban.
“And bad ones” said Darak.

“Let’s hunt them” someone yelled from a different direction of the shadow.
“He isn’t alone” said Moswen while trying to find from where it came.
“There” said Darak while pointing to the other shadow.

It hit them releasing the two humans that they have.

“They are three” said Leban looking at the third one.
“Should we show them that we are vampires too? Maybe they will leave us alone” said Darak very nervously.
“Maybe we need to hide that from them. They could attack us and kill us and then took our food” said Leban.
“They are vampires as us” said Darak.
“Yes, but they could be bored…” said Leban. “Also they could think that we are on their territory” concluded Leban.

“If we try to defend ourselves they could kill us but if we don’t they will kill us. Should we try to convince them to leave us alone showing to them that we are vampires? Should we defend our territory? What to do now?” thought Moswen while looking at them.


Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before.



Last edited by jnmrcs on Wed Mar 29, 2006 3:34 am; edited 1 time in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 27, 2006 3:35 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I hope you enjoyed this chapter and be prepared because Moswen isn’t anymore the conscious vampire he was… Very Happy

You have until next Monday to give ideas, suggestions and more options.

Also sorry about the image, I got some problems with the scanner. I hope I can scan it again but with a better scanner.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 27, 2006 4:21 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Very good chapter. Moswen now has his own command and a place for himself in the vampire community. As he says, he's making the best of what he's become.

I think his new team need to show these strangers that they're vampires too, and that they're capable of defending themselves against an attack. Don't start a fight, but try to exude that easy confidence that suggests that you'd win any fight that DID start.

Let's hope it works... Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 27, 2006 4:58 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Finally, Moswen the reluctant vampire is accepting who and what he is. Mad

These vampires teasing and taunting them should be faced. No need to give up their hunt to marauders. If the vampires attacking them won't come out and talk, then prepare to defend yourselves and your hunt.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Mar 27, 2006 2:30 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Let them know what you are, and that you're prepared to fight, but try not to start anything.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Mar 29, 2006 3:41 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I changed the image for one well scanned...

So far everyone has agreed to not start the fight but defend if necessary. I'm not sure if everyone agrees to show that they are vampires.

Should Moswen show them that they are vampires? Should Moswen start a conversation? (A peaceful one or an aggressive one) Or should he wait to see if they wanted to talk?

Something is for sure if they attack him he will defend himself and his hunt.

Well keep it coming....
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Mar 29, 2006 5:42 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Reveal that you're vampires. That might entice them to talk, or it might make matters worse. Either way, stop hiding your true nature.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Apr 01, 2006 2:52 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok. The poll will be up Monday.

So far Moswen will not fight, instead he will reveal that they are vampires.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 03, 2006 3:35 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up, it will end on thursday.

Moswen will not fight them unless he need to defend himself, as all of you said. Vote.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 03, 2006 3:39 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

See what move they make first. If you're talking, then you will be concentrating on that instead of focusing on defense. If you're not taking the offensive, then you need to be ready in case they intend to do more than just talk.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 03, 2006 4:27 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted, and winning.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Apr 06, 2006 3:24 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people. Poll it's ended (or it should be)

Moswen will not fight instead he will reveal that he is vampire but then what?

Talk to them 0% [ 0 ]
Wait for them to do the first move 100% [ 3 ]

Everyone goes for wait to see what will they do.

Next Chapter should be up on Monday. Thanks for your participation.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 10, 2006 3:33 am    Post subject: Chapter 8: Training on demand Reply with quote

Moswen, Leban and Darak were looking at the three strange vampires. There was a deep silence for a moment.

“Don’t move. Let’s just wait to see what they want from us,” murmured Moswen. “But don’t allow our prey to go neither…” concluded Moswen while pointing at the humans.

Darak looked at their food and then looked at Leban moving his head like saying that he will take care of that but without saying a word. Then they prepared to fight.

“Don’t say a word…” said Moswen while transforming on vampire.
“You have to be confusing me with someone else,” yelled Moswen to the three shadows.

“So you are a vampire too. Who else?” said one of the vampires.
“Transform yourself,” ordered Moswen and immediately Leban and Darak transformed their faces.
“Then here is something wrong,” said one of the vampires while they jumped in front of Moswen.

“What you are talking about?” asked Moswen.
“Who is your master?” said other of the vampires very curiously.
“You tell me yours and I will tell you mine,” answered Moswen.

The three vampires looked at each other and then looked at Moswen. Leban and Darak were just looking at them very prepared to whatever happens.

“You don’t understand. This is our master’s territory,” said the one who asked.
“Then something have to be wrong,” said Moswen. “And your master is?” asked Moswen.
“Why should I answer that? You are the one who trespassed our territory,” said one of the vampires.
“Maybe we are from the same clan,” said Moswen.
“You have to be kidding me…” interrupted the vampire who haven’t talk before.
“Why?” asked Moswen.

“You are so weak,” said one of the vampires while other of them started to laugh.
“Only in your dreams,” said Leban very seriously.
“Did you say something, little vampy…” said one of the vampires.

Moswen step aside and leave Leban do as he wishes but without taking out his eyes of the other vampires. Immediately Leban walked toward the vampire who was talking to him.

“It’s not my fault that you don’t understand, but I can teach you,” said Leban.
“This is going to be very interesting,” said other of the vampires.

Moswen moved to the side of Darak while waiting to see what Leban was going to do. The other vampires were very impress of what Leban was doing, especially because on the first attack they couldn’t protect of them.

Then started to fight but very slow. The other vampire was attacking Leban like if he hasn’t any real intention of fight. But from time to time he was accelerating his movements.

“Don’t play with him, just kill him…” yelled one of the vampires.

Moswen gave signals to Darak and then murmured, “don’t intervene on the fight; just take our food and get out when you can”. Darak looked surprised of that order. Immediately Moswen moved in front of Darak to block him from the watch of the others vampires.

The other vampire was too fast for Leban but he didn’t stop. He continued trying to avoid his enemy’s hits, until he fell to the ground.

“C’mon Leban. Let’s go now,” said Moswen very firmly.

Everyone stared at him. Then he smiled to all of them. “Leban stop playing with these suckers…” said Moswen.

Immediately Leban started to laugh and got up. He looked very firmly to the other vampire but then he received another hit from him. But this time he used that hit to take some advantage. Instead of trying to keep up he fell to the ground but not at all. He moved very fast to the side with his back upside so the other vampire couldn’t see what he was doing.

He took something from the ground and used it to hold the vampire. He passed it through the vampire foot holding it to the ground. Immediately he hit the vampire on the stomach with all his strength making fall the vampire.

The others two vampires were very surprised to see his friend falling. They got into the fight very fast. One of them tried to protect the falling vampire while the other tried to attack Leban.

“Move…” yelled Moswen to Darak while jumping.

Moswen tried to hit the vampire that was trying to protect the falling one. But neither of them could make what they wanted. The vampire moved to avoid Moswen but then he also missed his task. The falling vampire fall to the ground while Leban was trying to fight the other one, but they were too fast for them.

Moswen tried to avoid the one who was fighting him but the one who was on the ground grab him by his leg. That surprised Moswen who couldn’t move and have to kneel to avoid fall. While he was on the ground he took something from the ground to try to use it to protect him.

Moswen tried to get up hiding what he has to surprise the vampire but he couldn’t. Someone pushed him from the side and he lost what he has on his hands. That didn’t stop him from getting up. While he was getting up he felt something falling to him from the front.

When he could see to the front he just saw a back from someone falling toward him. He immediately threw one of his hands as a knife to cut the flesh of the one who was in front of him. He did it while trying jump to take more speed. He felt when he cut and passed all the body but his hand didn’t stop there. He could felt how his hand entered to other body too.

Moswen took out his hand of the two bodies just to see to whom he cut by the back. While the body was falling he saw that it was Darak. Darak was falling death, but not from what Moswen did to him. Darak’s head was moving to one side while the body was falling.

Moswen rapidly moved to see what the other vampire has on his hand. He only saw the other vampire on the ground, on his knees, with a bath of blood on him. Moswen hit him on the shoulder and that force the other vampire to loosen what he has. Moswen saw something like a small sword but he couldn’t take it because the other vampire was holding him.

Moswen bite the hand of the other vampire and when he felt loose he ran to take the small sword while spitting the fingers that he have on his mouth. As soon as he got the sword he cut the head of the vampire that was hurt on his shoulder and immediately did the same with the vampire that was holding him.

When he looked at Leban saw that he was very injured but alive. He ran toward him to help him with the last vampire whom saw Moswen coming. He looked to see where were his others friends just to see their bodies on the ground. He looked very surprised and the just ran.

Moswen helped Leban to stand up and then they ran behind the other vampire to follow him but with some distant so the vampire didn’t knew that they were behind him. “We need to know who are his master and what they were doing here,” said Moswen while following the vampire.

They didn’t go so far when they found a village with a lot of people outside of their houses. It was very strange because it was very late on the night. The other vampire entered to the village walking like if nothing was happened. Moswen and Leban changed their faces to the human ones and hide for some moment.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moswen stared at the village to know what was happening there. On the village was almost everyone awake. All the adults were with some kind of weapon from send to crossbow. They got lots of bonfires and there were everyone talking. They were so active that you could think that they were vampires. “Are they vampires?” thought Moswen while looking at each one very carefully. They were like if they were at preparing to a war but against whom.

“Are we going to wait here? We already lost him on that crowd. Besides we don’t have enough time before dawn. Maybe even they are friend of him…” said Leban worried.
“Maybe they even are vampires. We need to know what’s happening here. There are houses were we can hide,” said Moswen but even he wasn’t sure of what to do now?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 10, 2006 3:36 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The chapter 8 is up. Ideas will be until Thursday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 10, 2006 4:44 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

You've lost one of your own, and it is doubtful that the whole village is of vampires. Likely they are seeking to kill the vampires that attacked you, but you won't know unless you listen in. Now perhaps is not the appropriate time.

Since dawn is approaching it might be smarter to find someplace safe to sleep. Try to blend in with the villagers...act as weary travellers and get a room at an inn if you have money. You can find out more the following evening.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 10, 2006 4:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I think they should find out everything they can about the situation, with their own safety in mind.

On the one hand, what they don't know might well be able to kill them. On the other, they're a vamp down and incapable of defending themselves against a whole village full of enraged vampire-hunters.

Then again, if this is a village full of vampires, imagine the power that Moswen could wield if he somehow stepped up into the role of leadership? He has to find out waht's going on before he lays himself down to rest Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 10, 2006 5:12 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

But what are the chances of him being able to take control of an entire village of vampires?
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 10, 2006 5:16 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

What are the chances of this being an entire village of vampires? So far most the vampires we've encountered have been factious. Likely this is a village intent on ridding itself of a predatory group of vampires.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 10, 2006 5:20 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'm just saying we should find out. Either way.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 17, 2006 3:55 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people, the poll is up. Let's vote and hope that everything will be fine Shocked
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 17, 2006 4:52 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted for intel, and winning.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Apr 22, 2006 12:43 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok. The poll has ended:

Find more information about the village then go to sleep 66% [2]
Rest on the village and find more information when awake 33% [1]

I hope I can get the next chapter for monday...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 24, 2006 3:24 am    Post subject: Chapter 9: The village of memories Reply with quote

Chapter 9: The village of memories

“We have to check who they are before going to that village” said Moswen while looking all the people on the village.
“We also need to take all of this blood out of our clothes,” said Leban while laughing.

The village looked flood of people. The buildings were in bad conditions. From where they are they just could see a village that was crossing a war. The clothes, the movement, the voices there; everything there yelled that they were at war.

They moved near the village but still hide. They were preparing to wait there when they saw that almost everyone was going out of the village. They waited to see the smallest group to follow it. Then they were following two guys trying to avoid been see. After some time the two guys stopped and wait there in silence.

“They know we are here,” said Leban.
“Then let’s talk to them,” said Moswen with a malicious smile.

They got out to be seen but acting like if nothing was happening and trying to cover the blood spots of their clothes. Then the two guys moved toward them.

The guys were wearing dirty clothes and some strange things were on their hands. They didn’t have warrior faces but they look like if they were trying to look like warriors. They have the eyes of hunters but their steps were like if they were scared of something. In that moment Leban and Moswen knew that they weren’t vampires or at least weren’t warriors vampires.

“Are you two hurts?” asked one of them.
“Not yet. But you are going…” answered Leban.
“Not we aren’t and you?” interrupted Moswen as fast as he could.
“You have blood on your clothes” said the other one.

Leban was preparing to fight them; he was just waiting for Moswen’s orders when suddenly one of the men took hold his own clothes. “Don’t worry we didn’t have time to clean them neither” said the man while giving a simple smile.

“So you are new here?” asked one of the men.
“Yes. How did you know it?” asked Moswen trying not left Leban speak.
“Because you look very scared,” said the other and then they two started to laugh.

“Can we?” asked Leban while looking at Moswen.
Moswen moved the head like saying not.

The two guys looked at each other like surprised. Immediately they took the things they have on their hands to show it to Moswen and Leban. They had crosses made of wood with rosary on them. The crosses were as large as an arm and in the end were pointy. While they have that on one of the hand they took out some weapons on the other. One of them took out a stake and the other took out a crossbow.

Moswen and Leban tried to act as if they were surprised. They even tried to look scared so the other man didn’t attack them. They were trying to find some information, so they needed them alive to speak.

“We are not scared,” yelled one of the men.
“They are here… they are here, help us” yelled the other one very scared.
“We have to stop them before they turn this into a war” said Leban while transforming.

Immediately Moswen transform himself to attack them. Moswen and Leban jumped toward them to shut them but it was too late. While they were jumping they could heard the others arriving. Even with that they didn’t stop the attack. Each one of them took one and taking advantage of that they have to kill them, they feed from them in a short time.

“Here they are. They are Kort’s vampires,” yelled someone who was arriving from behind and interrupted the vampires’ dinner.

Those words hit Moswen very hard on his memories.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cadel take an ultimate effort to look into Kort’s eyes. They are blue but have like blood on them. It’s like his eyes was asking for the spirit of the blood.

Kort starts laughing and have a crazy look. He is looking around and moving the head like a hungry animal. But then Cadel starts laughing too. Kort stop laughing and looks Cadel.

“Like I said, I have no fear. I will be dead but you, you are a walking dead. For me this is the end, but for you is only the beginning. And yes you are sick…” Cadel still laughing but Kort is mad. Kort keep his eyes on Cadel’s eyes. He is looking like he wants to get Cadel’s thoughts from his eyes. He takes Cadel’s neck with both of his hands and starts to asphyxiate Cadel.
With his last breath Cadel try to say something but he can’t. Suddenly Kort take his hands out and slowly take Cadel’s head. He is approaching Cadel’s head to his mouth.

“Who is laughing at the end?” Cadel lost all his energy in that phrase. But he got enough energy to give a big bad smile to Kort, who is biting him.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Hide your face,” murmured Moswen while running as fast as he could. Immediately Leban followed him. They climbed a tree to hide there for a moment.

“It’s almost dawn. We are going to die if we don’t do something fast” murmured Leban.
“I know it, Leban. I’m thinking on that,” murmured Moswen while looking down to the ground.

But even with the dawn arriving Moswen thoughts were on what someone yelled before. “Kort’s vampires…” those words were floating in his mind.

“Take the hurt one to the village. The rest continue hunting the vampires,” said someone down making the before words disappear.
“That’s it,” said Leban with a malicious smile.
“You are right,” said Moswen.

Immediately they moved toward the village across the trees. When they arrived near the village they went down of the trees and entered the village. Not with the vampire faces, not like normal humans but like wounded humans.

“Help us, we were attacked by vampires…” yelled Moswen with complaint words.

Immediately some of the persons who were there helped them. They moved them to some defective building that was like the hospital for them. The building has some beds and big stones doing the job of beds too. There were a lot of wounded persons, blood on beds and clothes, and even some parts of persons were still on the ground. There were fleshes on all the ground and that smell that no vampire could resist. That smell of fresh blood and the environment of fear to the death.

“We have to resist that smell, Leban. At least here we will have some protection of the sun. We will rest until the night came again,” murmured Moswen to Leban while a nurse were conducing them to some beds.

“What do you need? Are you wounded?” asked the nurse.
“We are very tired. Some vampires attacked us but we didn’t gave them the opportunity to hurt us,” answered Moswen.
“Did some of them bite you?” asked the nurse very worried.
“No, they didn’t. Why?” said Moswen acting like if he doesn’t understood.
“Here we are studying the vampires, so we could hunt them. They attacked a town so much time ago. There they almost kill everyone. Since then some people are trying to hunt them. As they continue attacking villages and towns we are tracking them. We are collecting information about them so we can kill them all. If you were bite by some of them we need to know it. But don’t worry here you are secure. Later will come some persons to take information from you” said the nurse very sweetly.

“To us?” asked Leban.
“Yes, don’t worry it’s about your encounter with the vampires. As I said before we need that information to hunt them. Also we need to be sure that you weren’t bit,” answered the nurse while leaving them.

“What to do now? Should we wait here to those persons? Should we rest? What about Kort? Is he near? Kort…” thought Moswen while looking at Leban who was waiting for instructions.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Lordy
Citizen



Joined: 18 Apr 2006

Posts: 116


Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 24, 2006 3:38 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I think the best plan now is to get some R&R, there will be time to worry about Kort later.

If you protest, you might just find yourself out in the sun, and that would be all the bad.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message MSN Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 24, 2006 5:54 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

What do you mean with R&R?
Sorry but I don'understand it.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 24, 2006 6:01 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

R&R is 'Rest and Recuperation'. Smile

I think Lordy's right for now. You need to stay here until dark tomorrow. Stay alert, give away as little as possible, be prepared to use some trickery if necessary and keep your head down. In the meantime, find out more about Kort and what the presence of his name here means. It could be very important!
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 24, 2006 6:27 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Thanks for the "definition" Laughing
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Apr 24, 2006 8:10 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

If you leave now then you may become targets...but then again if you wait and answer questions you may become targets anyways, and be captives immediately.

Tough decision, but I think you are better off staying where you are for right now.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Thu Apr 27, 2006 7:20 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I agree with Shady. They should recharge batteries, lay low as much as possible and find out more about what is going on with Kort.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Apr 27, 2006 10:05 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok so far everyone has agreed to wait here. The difference then should be on Kort.

Worry about Kort later.
In the meantime found out more about Kort.

Of course they should be very careful and try to not give out information about them Wink .
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Apr 27, 2006 10:54 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'd worry about Kort later. When they come to ask you questions, you don't want to arouse suspicion by coming back with questions so specific about Kort.

Find out what is happening first. If you mention Kort's name make sure that whoever you are talking to thinks that you first heard the name there. Act as if what you overheard was the only mention of Kort that you'd ever had.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 01, 2006 3:52 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, people the poll is up. It will be up until thursday. Vote !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 02, 2006 8:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I said rest for now, and gather informatoin later. And winning.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 02, 2006 11:15 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry people. It should said Moswen and not Kort. My mystake. Shocked
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri May 05, 2006 9:33 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Poll ended. Next Chapter Monday (I hope)

Find some information about Kort before rest 0% [ 0 ]
Rest and find information about Kort later 100% [ 4 ]
Rest and go as soon as you can 0% [ 0 ]
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 2:41 am    Post subject: Chapter 10: The war of Kort Reply with quote

Chapter 10: The war of Kort

“Let’s stay here. We will be safer inside the building,” said Moswen, a little worried.
“Whatever you say,” said Leban.
“Also, we have to be prepared to answer their questions. We need to know what to say and how. The both of us have to say the same thing,” ordered Moswen.
“You are right about that,” said Leban.
“Let’s rest now and talk about this later,” said Moswen, as he lay down on the ground.

Leban stared at him until Moswen was almost sleeping. Then Leban decided to take a bed, at least a flat rock where he could sleep better.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“It’s after noon…” The same nurse that attended them when they first came, touched Moswen to awaken him.
“Do you want something to eat?” she asked very softly and sweet.
“Yes, sure…” answered Moswen still waking up.

Immediately the nurse moved off one of the rooms. Moswen was going to raise Leban when he noticed that he was already awake.

“Is she going to give us some blood?” murmured Leban, laughing.
“I don’t think so. Be aware that there are windows here, so be very careful where you are going,” warned Moswen.
“Don’t worry about me. But I have one question. Are we really going to eat their food? Why? And what will they try to feed us?” asked Leban, very intrigued.
“We are going to eat so nobody here will suspect about us. Remember that some of the people here could know a little about vampires. And we are going to eat whatever they bring to us,” said Moswen.

The nurse arrived with two plates, one for each one of them. She smiled at them while giving them the plates and then she went without saying a word. They took their plates and moved to a spot that was darker. Immediately they looked at their plates and then looked at each other.

“Are you sure that this is food?” asked Leban.
“Let’s just eat it,” answered Moswen while taking a little of the human food, just enough to try it.

The food was like a lake of strange water with some small white pieces in it*. Also there was some meat. Moswen recognized its flavor and continued to eat it in silence, while Leban looked at it suspiciously. After a few moments Leban just did the same as Moswen.

“Not bad?” asked the nurse while arriving.
“It’s good. What it was?” said Moswen while giving his plate to her.
“It’s some kind of soup. Rabbit soup with rice in it*,” answered the nurse with a smile.
“Thanks,” said Leban while she took his plate.

She took the plates and went to the same room that she had brought the food from.

“We have to be ready for when they come to ask us. Remember three vampires attacked us. We were a group that were fleeing from the vampires who attacked the village were we where” said Moswen.
“I’m not sure about it. It’s a sad story,” said Leban while imitating a sad face.
“I’m serious Leban. This could save our lives,” said Moswen.
“Don’t worry. I don’t think they know about vampires. Also they aren’t trying to find us,” said Leban.
“We only know that they aren’t trying to find us, but maybe they know about vampires,” said Moswen.
“They are trying to find Kort. Don’t worry…” said Leban.
“Kort… Kort?” said Moswen.
“Are you all right?” asked Leban very worried.
“Yeah, it’s just that I know that name,” answered Moswen.
“As does every vampire here…” said Leban very calmly.
“What?” asked Moswen surprised.
“Kort is very famous in these lands, at least between the vampires,” answered Leban.
“Famous? So you know about him?” asked Moswen.
“Of course. Nobody knows where he is because he is moving all the time. But something is for sure, he was trying to made an army to take control of all this region until… well you know,” said Leban like if he didn’t want to talk about it.
“No, I don’t know. Tell me…”interrupted Moswen.

“Well some vampires of royal blood didn’t like that. So there were some wars between vampires. But the most infamous situation was that Kort tried to kill every human so it didn’t matter who was the leader of this region because there would be no more food for vampires,” concluded Leban.
“Zandus knows about this too?” asked Moswen, curious.
“Of course, well he was one of the vampires who was more affected. You know, Zandus wasn’t on any team so both of them always attacked him. That’s why our clan is so small,” explained Leban.
“Ok. Did you remember our story?” said Moswen very worried.
“Sure. Vampires attacked us while we were out of our village…” said Leban very calmly.
“It’s better if just I talk,” said Moswen more worried than before.
“As you wish…” said Leban indifferently.
“I will rest some more and I advise you to do the same,” concluded Moswen while finding a good corner where the brightness didn’t arrive so he could sleep securely.

But Leban didn’t take the advice he just sat down while the time passed by. When he was bored enough he then moved to a table where were some men playing something. They were injured but happy and yelling as if there were some party or something. So Leban decided to have some happiness too. There he could find more information about the human situation and passed the time more entertained too.

“So we are at war against the vampires?” asked Leban while starting to play.
“Yes. But they don’t know that we are taking more and more information about them,” said one of the men.
“That’s good for us. But it’s that information trustworthy?” asked Leban trying to be sure of the information.
“Of course it is…” answered other of the men.
“How can you be so sure?” asked Leban.
“It’s our secret…”

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Suddenly someone moved strongly Moswen who got up immediately. In front of Moswen were two men looking at him very seriously. They were looking at each movement that Moswen did as if they were studying him.

“Where is the other one who arrived with you?” asked one of them.

Moswen looked around the building to find Leban. He was still at the table playing and talking with other humans. So Moswen just pointed at him.

“Sit,” said one of them and immediately Moswen sat.
“Tell us your story stranger,” said the other one.

Moswen told them that they were attacked by vampires at the village where they were. He said that they were just passing through the village so they didn’t remember the name. After the attack the survivors were trying to flee to another place. Some days later they moved into the forest where they were attacked again. And that’s how they arrived here.

The interviewers looked at each other. Then they moved to talk between them without saying a word. From time to time they looked at Leban or at Moswen. That didn’t take them much time. They returned to Moswen.

“Then welcome to our fortress. We are at war against the vampires. You can stay here but if you decided to stay you have to help us in the war, you need to earn your food,” concluded the men.

Moswen looked at them, thinking. “I’m not alone here so I have to discuss it with my friend. And thanks for everything,” Moswen said finally.

One of them stretched his hands to Moswen giving a strange smile. Moswen give to him his hands. Immediately Moswen felt that something was burning his hand but he acted as nothing was happening. The man tightened his hand while looking at the eyes of Moswen who was just looking at Leban, who was coming toward them. Then Moswen looked at the man very calmly and give him a smile.

“So, what’s up?” said Leban arriving.
Immediately Moswen took advantage of it and loosened the man hand.
“You can talk with your friend,” said the man who had Moswen hands while turning around to leave them alone.

“We have to be very careful with them,” said Moswen after the men left them.
“Why?” asked Leban knowingly something too.
“Because they know enough about vampires,” said Moswen while looking at his hand.

Leban looked at it too. On the hand Moswen had a cross mark on it. It was burned on his hand and still in live flesh.

“I talked here and there. I think we should continue on our way. Maybe they didn’t know that we are vampires now but they will” said Leban.
“But Kort…” said Moswen without finishing the sentence.
“Kort what?” asked Leban curious.

“If you want to stay then we should help them as hunters. They are the only ones who are out on the night and sleeping almost the entire day. That will cover us. But I don’t recommend staying. You are the leader so it’s your choice…” concluded Leban after some moments of silence.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Note:

* It’s a plate from Puerto Rico. I’m not sure if it other countries also have it. In Spanish is “Asopao de conejo”; I’m not sure about the translation of the word “asopao”. But it’s what was explained on the story.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 2:45 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Discussion it's until next Monday... enjoy !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 2:49 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Oh, tricky decision point.

I think staying here under false pretences is a really dumb thing to do. They'll spot the burn, eventually, even if they don't figure things out any other way.

On the other hand, we need to find out more about Kort. It's going to weigh on Moswen's mind until he gets revenge on the one who sired him.

I think Moswen should ask to speak to the leader of these people alone - one to one. Even though Moswen is a vampire and the leader is a human, they're both working toward the same goal at the moment. The destruction of Kort might make the villagers willing to accept vampire help from you, even knowing what you are.

There will be casualties. You could swear an oath only to drink from the dead - or to drink animal blood, if that would do instead? (I don't know about the rules for vampires in this story).

Perhaps you could even offer to bring Zandus and the rest of his clan in, if both sides were agreeable. This could be a way for Moswen to reconcile his human and vampire natures. A way to find peace of some sort, at last.

If it works. Of course, the leader might have you arrested and executed. That's the risk... Shocked
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 8:59 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

When you said offer to bring Zandus. Are you talking about Zandus clan helping the humans against Kort or just bring Zandus so the humans can do as they want with him?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 9:38 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I don't think we should betray Zandus.

I just think we should offer him the opportunity to unite against Kort - and if he doesn't want to accept, then we should go our separate ways.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 10:19 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok. Now I understand.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 12:13 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I think they should just get out of their - he's obviously already suspcisious of the pair, and leaving is probably the safest option.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon May 08, 2006 2:32 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I think they should leave as soon as they can. Kort is tomorrow's problem and right now they should worry more about staying alive and not awake any suspicions with these people. Later they could figure a way to find out more about Kort. Maybe they could come back another day and talk to the villagers.
Back to top
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 09, 2006 3:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

You and the villagers have a common goal- the elimination of Kort. However, tread carefully, because despite your mutual enemy, you are still the predator and the humans the prey. If the leader of the humans is wise, he’ll recognize that despite your shared ambitions, you will still see humans as deer and you the wolf.

Before speaking to the human leader, try to persuade Zandus to join you. If the two of you can agree to band together and eliminate Kort, you might be able to ally with the humans more easily. The humans can do half the dirty work- they’d make great cannon fodder as you and Zandus prepare to eliminate Kort.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 09, 2006 7:06 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok. So far we got:

1. Get out and find about Kort later
2. Try to join with the humans (talk one on one to the leader)
3. Talk first to Zandus to see if he join you then talk to the leader of the humans one on one.
4. Talk first to Zandus to see if he join you while talking to the leader of the humans one on one.

Any correction? Other ideas? Keep it coming.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri May 12, 2006 6:26 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

In my previous message I posted the options. Any other?

The poll will be up on Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri May 12, 2006 7:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I think those options cover it.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 15, 2006 3:33 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll will be up until thursday. Vote !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 15, 2006 10:49 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted for the high-tailing option, but sadly not winning, as it's the only that for it.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu May 18, 2006 2:43 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the poll ended.

Get out and find about Kort later 25% [1]
Try to join with the humans (talk one on one to the leader) 0% [0]
Talk first to Zandus to see if he join you then talk to the leader of the humans one on one 50% [2]
Talk first to Zandus to see if he join you while talking to the leader of the humans one on one 25% [1]

The next chapter will be up on monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 22, 2006 3:15 am    Post subject: Chapter 11: Changing sides - Part I: Zandus Opinion Reply with quote

Chapter 11: Changing sides
Part I: Zandus Opinion

“I got a better idea, let’s hope it works” said Moswen very calmly.
“Then let’s do it,” said Leban.
“Do you know how to find Zandus?” asked Moswen.
“Of course, but it will take me some time,” answered Leban.
“Don’t worry, take your time. When you find him then come back again…” concluded Moswen.

The interviewers were staring at them, obviously studying them. From time to time they moved a little down their sight trying to look at something more detailed. Moswen tried to work out what they were studying but he couldn’t obtain any information from them. Then he started to walk toward them; seriously and keeping his mind focused so he could act as a human.

“We are going to stay, but not all the time,” said Moswen trying to look relaxed.
“Are you going to help us then?” asked one.
“We are going to help with your war while we need refuge,” said Moswen more calmed.
“Then, welcome…” said other while stretching his hand to Moswen.

But before he could extend his hand completely, Moswen nodded his head in agreement, here to wisely avoid the hand. “This one was the same that used the trick of the cross on my hand,” thought Moswen while moving all his body slowly but with haste. “I have to find a way to hide the mark on my hand,” he added, silently.

He turned to look at Leban. And then started to walk, turning his back on the interviewers. “Wait,” ordered one of them.

Moswen felt the stares of all the interviewers. “What now?” thought Moswen very scared of that order. But as he had to act like nothing, he turned around very calm almost without breathing.

“He is going to teach you our rules and how you are going to help us,” said one of the interviewers while pointing to a small guy.

Moswen just moved his head up and down, and then he moved toward the small guy. The guy looked like a stone, short but robust. He didn’t have the face of a warrior nor a hunter but you could see the strength in him.

“So you are new…” said the guy.
“Yes and him too,” said Moswen while pointing to Leban who, when he saw Moswen pointing at him, moved toward them.
“Here we just have a few rules. Respect each other, help or don’t eat and don’t go alone in the darkness. Follow those rules and you will be able to live with us,” said the guy.

“We can do it,” said Moswen.
“Can you help us at night? We have so few on that task,” requested the guy almost begging it.
“Yes we can,” answered Moswen almost without leaving the guy to finish the sentence.

Immediately Moswen and Leban looked at each other with a hidden smile on their eyes. And then they looked at the guy who was almost smiling.

“Then you will be part of our night guard. But be aware of the vampires at all time,” concluded the guy.

He turned around and started to walk away when suddenly he stopped while turning his head toward Moswen and Leban. “By the way my name is Cadlunt just in case it matters,” said the guy before turning around his head again and leave the building.

“What a guy…” said Moswen a little shocked by Cadlunt.
“What a name…” said Leban with some mockery in his voice.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

That night they shared ideas on how they were going to search for Zandus while they were carrying out their guarding duties. As Leban knew Zandus better than Moswen he would be doing the search while Moswen would be guarding. Moswen just needed to be sure that no vampire went into the village. So he just went to the forest and sat on a tree waiting while the time passed.

After a few days Leban arrived with good news.

“I found him,” murmured Leban.
“Then tomorrow we are going to talk to him,” said Moswen.
“What do you have in mind?” asked Leban very curiously.
“You will see…” concluded Moswen

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Let’s move…” said Moswen.
“What about tonight’s guard,” argued Leban.
“Forget about that for now. Show me where Zandus is” said Moswen.

Immediately Leban started to run and Moswen followed him. They got to the forest and ran as fast as they could. After some time Leban stopped. When Moswen arrived Leban pointed to where Zandus was.

While Moswen was approaching Zandus was turning around to be face to face with Moswen. Leban stayed where he was just looking at them but prepared to hear Moswen’s idea.

“He said that you want to talk with me,” said Zandus.
“Yes. I’ve got a real good plan,” said Moswen
“A plan? For what, Moswen?” asked Zandus.
“I heard that you lost almost all your clan in a war that wasn’t yours. You were in the middle of that war. So I think that you may be interested on someone called Kort. A vampire that humans are trying to hunt” said Moswen.
“Maybe I lost almost all my clan but why should I want to revenge on that Kort,” said Zandus.
“He helped on that. And now we can take some advantage of his new situation” Moswen
“What situation? A few humans trying to hunt him?” asked Zandus.
“They are not so few. Also they know about vampires” Moswen
“Everyone who is attacked by a vampire knows about them” Zandus
“No, they know more than that,” said Moswen while showing to Zandus the cross marked on his hand.
“Interesting. So they are taking information about us. How much do they know?” asked Zandus.
“I’m not sure but they are investigating us” Moswen
“Maybe there is a vampire helping them. I don’t think that some humans could collect that kind of information so easily. No vampire will talk about it” Zandus

“The vampire that entered on the village” thought Moswen. “Is he helping them? I can’t think that he is, because he is so great warrior” was what Moswen was thinking.

“And what was your proposition? How do you think I could take advantage of this?” asked Zandus.
“We could join them on the hunt” answered Moswen.
“Are you crazy?” interrupted Zandus yelling.

“Did you really think that they are just trying to find a mere vampire? They are collecting information to kill us all. If you go there and you say that you are a vampire they will kill you without hesitation” Zandus.
“Maybe we should start saying that we also want Kort’s death. Then they will listen to us. We don’t have to tell to all of them. We will just talk to their leader and he will be the only one who will know about us” Moswen.
“In any way, why do you want Kort’s death?” asked Zandus.
“Something personal” answered Moswen.
“Ah, he was the one who sired you…” said Zandus intuitively.

“That doesn’t matter. If you want we could join the humans to kill him,” said Moswen.
“Join mere humans. How desperate you are. They couldn’t find Kort but I’ve will. I got my warriors on it” Zandus
“If we join the humans we could use them as bait. You wouldn’t lose any more vampires. We find him and then let the humans start the hunt. We could even mix with them so Kort will think that we are humans too. He will not see us coming” Moswen
“You got such good ideas but in the wrong path” Zandus

For a moment there were a deep silence. Zandus was thinking on the potential of Moswen’s crazy ideas. While Moswen was thinking that Zandus has considered him not only a great leader but also a wiser vampire.

“So you are not helping me?” Moswen interrupted the silence.
“Helping you or helping the humans? No way. I will not satisfy their thirst for more information about vampires. Are you going to help them?” Zandus
“I’m not sure because I wanted you with me. Maybe I will join them…” said Moswen sadly and turning around.
“Moswen…” said Zandus. “If you want to join them you can but remember that you are a vampire” concluded Zandus a little worried.
“Don’t worry. I have accepted what I am…” said Moswen while starting to walk away.
“And which side you are on…” said Zandus while starting to leave too.

Moswen stopped when at where Leban was. Moswen was downcast. “What to do now?” thought Moswen.
“Are we going to join the humans?” asked Leban with curiosity.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 22, 2006 3:18 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

As this is just the first part you will have until wednesday to discus it. From thursday to friday you will vote so on the weekend I will write the next part to be up on Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 22, 2006 1:34 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Don;t join the humans - you will never be able to trust them. Even if they do accept youneither side will ever live in harmony with the other - constantly expecting them to slip up or something similar.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 22, 2006 10:14 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'm not sure I agree with Lordy here. Zandus had some good points - in that the humans are probably learning to fight all vampires instead of just Kort. That in itself is a bigger danger to us than Kort is at the moment.

Given what techniques this town is employing, I think we have two choices. Either destroy the humans and the scouts, and make sure that no word remains of the knowledge that they've gathered about vampires. Or band together to help them and try to show them that not all vampires deserve to die (or that they're too much trouble to kill when you can just come to an agreement with them instead - either works fine).

Now, killing the town - when they're currently the biggest army against Kort that you've got - seems wasteful. I'd say only do that further down the track, when it becomes obvious that working with the humans is going to fail. You can always come back with fire and oil - and the rest of your clan - at a later date. I'm sure Zandus would agree to that plan.

But if you get the establishment of trust to work, then you may not need to.

Good chapter, jnmrcs Very Happy
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 23, 2006 3:59 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, so far I got:

Don't join the humans.

And I'm not sure of what Shady said so here I will write what I understand. Shady, please let me know if this was what you mean.

Talk to Zandus a new plan. Join humans to help them and try to show them that not all vampires deserve to die or that they're too much trouble to kill when you can just come to an agreement with them. If that didn't work with the humans then destoy them all.

Was that? Or you were giving different options there?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 23, 2006 4:05 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

OK, my suggestion is this:

1) Work with the humans, with or without Zandus' help (although 'with' would be great!)

2) Fight Kort, while trying to persuade the humans that some vampires don't need to die. Change your habits if you must. Only eat from dead humans... or eat animal blood, not human. In their eyes, you must be seen to be 'tame' vampires, otherwise you'll lose their help against the main target, Kort.

3) If you fail to persuade them, but they still want you to help RIGHT NOW, then help them destroy Kort. Then come back, with as many vampires as will support you, and burn the village to the ground, hunting and killing all those people who know about the vampires.

Does that make more sense?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 23, 2006 4:47 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok. But the 1 is the same as the 2. And the 3 it's only if the 2 fail.

It's that correct?

Also Are you still supporting the idea of telling the humans that you are vampire? (in option 2 and 3)
And are you wanting to tell this to Zandus?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 23, 2006 4:50 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I still think we should tell the leader - and only the leader - that we're vampires. If he decides to share the information, it's up to him.

And yes, I see no reason not to be honest with Zandus. He respects our choices so far, even if he doesn't agree with them. If we make it clear that we're vampires first, even if it means destroying the townsfolk, then I don't see that he'll see a need to fight us on it, even if he doesn't feel like he can join with us.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue May 23, 2006 9:01 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

So we got then two options so far.

1. Don't join the humans
2. Tell Zandus the new plan, that is fight Kort with the humans. (try to show to the humans that not all vampire deserve to die or help them and later kill them all)

Any other? Remember that the poll will be up tomorrow (on the night maybe).
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Wed May 24, 2006 4:00 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Don't tell the humans that you are a vampire, not even the leader but talk to him/her about your intentions of joining them to hunt and kill Kort. Try to find out what exactly they know about vampires in case you need to use that information against them and talk to Zandus to see if he is willing to join you and Leban in case you have to annihilate the village.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed May 24, 2006 4:18 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the poll is up. It will be up until Saturday morning... Vote !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu May 25, 2006 1:43 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ah yes, voted for option three - use the humans as unknowning pawns in your battle against Kort, and then kill them all.

Or at least - that's how I interpreted it.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu May 25, 2006 3:08 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

mmm I think it's something like you said.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Thu May 25, 2006 5:05 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted....
Hahaha Mad The humans don't know what is coming against them Mad Mad
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat May 27, 2006 9:31 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

What should Moswen do now?

Don't join the humans 0% [0]

Tell Zandus new plan, that is fight Kort with the humans telling them that you are a vampire 0% [0]

Tell Zandus new plan, that is fight Kort with the humans without telling them that you are a vampire. And ask for Zandus help in case you have to kill all the humans 100% [4]

The poll ended. I hope to have the part 2 of the chapter on monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 29, 2006 3:27 am    Post subject: Chapter 11: Changing sides - Part II: Moswen decision Reply with quote

Chapter 11: Changing sides
Part II: Moswen decision

Moswen wondered what to do now. “Zandus is not going to join me and I’m not sure if he was right or not. But I know that I will need him. What should I do?” thought Moswen while Leban was stared at Zandus.

Suddenly Moswen turned around, “Zandus…” he yelled.
“What now?” thought Zandus as he stopped. “Yes?” he demanded turning toward Moswen.

“I got another idea,” said Moswen very excited about what he had to say.
“Tell it,” said Zandus without interest from what could Moswen tell.
“What if I join the humans like one of them. Nobody will know that I’m a vampire. I could find what they know about vampires and help them to find Kort. With that no one will be losing anything,” said Moswen proud of the idea.
“I don’t win anything. The humans can find Kort with you but what then. They will know a lot about vampires and even with that they couldn’t kill Kort. That’s something I know,” said Zandus.
“I can return to you when we find Kort or if you prefer when we kill him. I will help them to find and kill him without giving any information about vampires. Later, if it’s necessary we could take all the humans that were involved on the war. No humans, no witnesses and no information about vampires… what do you think?” concluded Moswen.

Zandus looked with a happy face. “Now you are talking,” thought Zandus while stretching out his hand to Moswen. “I’m in. Now you are on the right path, thinking on the right side” concluded Zandus.

Moswen clasped hands with Zandus. Then both of them turned around without any doubt of the word of the other. Moswen walked toward Leban but when he arrived at him he didn’t stop. He just continued walking and Leban started to follow him.

“What now?” asked Leban more worried than curious.
“I will tell you on the way to the village” answered Moswen.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


“I need to find my warriors so I can tell them about our new plan. They were trying to find Kort too. Maybe I can tell them to join Moswen and the humans with that I could know more about what the humans know about vampires. Also Moswen will have more help from me. Let’s find them,” ordered Zandus.

Immediately Gaokashii throw his cigarette and got down from the tree where he was. “As I said before we have to be careful about that Moswen,” said Gaokashii grumbling.
“You never understand the different between an order and a question. You are so good that I have to admit you may be right. But remember that we are on training and until we pass this phase we have to obey” murmured Vladamir so Zandus couldn’t hear him.

“Stop wasting time and move,” ordered Zandus.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moswen and Leban arrived at their point of vigilance. They both were thinking on how to help the humans to find Kort without giving any suspicion about who they are.

“What do you need to find Kort?” asked Moswen.
“I don’t know him so we can’t find him. I will need to know more about him to find him” Leban.
“They said that they were studying vampires. What vampires?” said Moswen.
“If they are hunting Kort maybe they only have information about Kort’s vampires. If we could…” Leban
“Yeah. We need to extract more information from them. But how could we do that?” asked Moswen.
“I don’t know. We have to think a little more on that,” said Leban.


Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 29, 2006 3:29 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Disusion until Monday...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 29, 2006 6:56 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Good chapter jnmrcs Very Happy

I would say that you keep your ears open for any talk of Kort or vampires or the like. I would also recommend befriending some of the humans who have information, maybe plying them with drink to get them more talkative. Work on getting information from anyone willing to give it.

Also, on the subject of fitting in and not being recognised as vampires, would it be possible for Moswen and Leban to get hold of some gloves? Moswen at least, unless it would look terribly odd for him to wear gloves in this community? He needs to hide that cross-mark on his palm, and he can't keep his hand clenched all the time.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon May 29, 2006 1:48 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Maybe they could capture one of Kort's vampires, and take it to the village to prove their good will, in addition to removing an opponant. It could even help them defeat Kort, before turning on the human cattle.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Tue May 30, 2006 4:40 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I don't know if vampires in this story are like this but usually a vampire can heal any scars or marks made after they become vampires either right away or over time, so if Moswen is like this he should prevent that any human sees his mark until he heals. If he doesn't heals the maybe he could turn it into a tattoo or something like that.
....
He could start gathering information from the humans that work at night with them pretending they want to be very prepared in case a vampire shows up.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed May 31, 2006 3:26 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Shady: Yes, they can use glove as some humans tend to use it. Some to look more like warriors, others to protect themselves or even to take better hold on their swords or weapons.

Blue: I don't know much about vampires but on this story they heal as humans do.

So far we got:

1. Drink and play with humans to take more info
2. Find a Kort's vampires to give it to the humans
3. Pretend to want to be more prepared and ask to humans that work at night (like you) to have more info

And to hide the scar:

1. Find some glove
2. turn it into a tatoo

Any other ideas or suggestions?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed May 31, 2006 3:49 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

You could chop the hand off and say it was a war wound. Maybe a bit extreme though. Shocked

I don't think a tattoo would work, unless you hid the cross shape.

Also...

You may well have done this in the linear stories, but it would be nice to know a bit more about the world in general. Spells, creatures, inhabitants and so forth. I don't have a feel for the world yet.

Maybe a synopsis.
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed May 31, 2006 3:57 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry but this isn't have so many creatures or things like almost all the stories. This is just about vampires and humans (until now). I haven't thought on add anymore to the story. But now that you mention it maybe some demons could be added.

The world is the earth. I couldn't precise the date but this was on the past, on Europe. (Far from where I live... I hope so Shocked )

I think that's all. Maybe I should add a synopsis.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed May 31, 2006 4:55 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

A tattoo could be pretty cool actually, but a glove would be easier to get hold of.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 05, 2006 4:02 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up.

Also we are going other poll but for this one I will need you to say for what you are voting.

And to hide the scar:

1. Find some glove
2. turn it into a tatoo
3. chop the hand off

Poll until Thursday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 05, 2006 4:15 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I want to go for the glove, still Very Happy
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Jun 05, 2006 7:48 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

And for the second poll...

To hide the scar: Find some glove
Back to top
Author
DarkeFlyte
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Jun 05, 2006 12:13 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

A tatoo would be cool. Go for the tattoo!

Vamps are pretty cool but I like werewolves a wee bit better. Um...Jnmrcs, I really don't want to offend you, I'm not trying me mean or anything, trust me.

...Moswen is kinda of a...um...wierd name. Perhaps you should change it to strike fear in the people's hearts.

Well, actually I've only read the last 2 chapters maybe I missed something. If I did I'll edit this post.
Back to top
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 05, 2006 1:08 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Voted for the third and final option, and winning.

In addition, with his hand, don't chop it off whatever you do. Turn it into a tattoo or wear a glove as you will, but leave the hand there.

Otherwise you'll simply be disarming (dishanding lol) yourself, for no real benefit.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jun 08, 2006 4:03 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people the poll is closed. I hope to have the next chapter up on monday.

here are the results

Drink and play with humans to take more info 0% [0]
Find a Kort's vampires to give it to the humans 25% [1]
Pretend to want to be more prepared and ask to humans that work at night (like you) 75% [3]
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jun 10, 2006 10:04 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the glove thing won. I will start to write the chapter...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 12, 2006 3:27 am    Post subject: Chapter 12: Knowing the human clan-Part I: More questions... Reply with quote

Chapter 12: knowing the human clan
Part I: More questions than answers

It was now time to find more information about Kort. Moswen and Leban decided to try asking the people who worked with them at night, and to do that they would have to mix with them. But in the day, at the base building where they could rest when they finished the vigilance, they were trying to make some friends or at least to get to know a little more about the humans. From time to time they played and drank with them.

One evening before they went to the accustomed vigilance they decided to split with others partners.

“So, do you work as a vigilant at night?” Moswen asked being friendly to one of the humans.
“No one like this job,” answered one of the other men there.

They were all wearing obscure clothes that matched very well with their opaque faces. The clothes were torn and stained from the ones who used them before. It was like a vigilant uniform but they made it appear more like a funeral uniform. Nobody was happy to do this work and some of them were apparently forced into doing it.

“We just have to do it…” said one of the men while putting on his boots.
“This is something that has to be done,” said another while wearing some gloves.
“All of you have a uniform,” said Moswen pretending to complain.
“You have to wait until someone dies then you will have a uniform too,” said the leader looking at the ground.

“I haven’t seen any vampire so far. Did you really think they exist?” asked Leban.
“We know they exist, that’s why we are here,” said the leader looking back at him.
“Why are you two here?” asked one of the men standing up.
“We were persecuted by some strange creature that we thought it was what you call vampire,” answered Moswen as fast as he could to avoid letting Leban answer.
“You don’t believe in vampires?” asked one of the men.
“I have seen them. I even was attacked by them…” said one man almost yelling.

“I’m just saying that maybe they aren’t against us. I haven’t seen one in so much time…” said Leban
“That doesn’t mean anything. We are preparing to fight them” interrupted the leader.
“Maybe you, but not them…” said Moswen pointing to the vigilantes.

There was a deep silence for a moment. Everyone was looking at each other more scared than before. “What are you saying?” said one of the men, maybe the older of the vigilantes, breaking the silence.
“You are wasting our time,” said the leader as if waking up. “These creatures are like animals, they don’t think…” concluded the leader while going out of the building.
“Maybe but then… why are you studying it?” said Moswen very slowly just to be sure that everyone understood what he said.

“They got the power, that’s why… right leader?” said one of them sounding more as if he was confused than sure of his own words.
“We don’t know for sure. Some people arrived almost two years ago saying that they will help us. They are the ones who are studying them not we. We are just trying to hunt them and kill them all. If you’ve got questions they’ve got the answers,” concluded the leader with a strong voice.

That night Moswen and Leban had more questions than answers even when they knew more about vampires that the humans. “Who were studying the vampires? What solution they were supposed to have? What information did they have? Are they two groups or just one group that divide forces? Are these “two groups” thinking of killing all the vampires? If they hate this task so much why they are doing it? Which group was the leader?”

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

At night Moswen and Leban were just going through minor maneuvers. As they failed to change partners they were still together. They were trying to do something at nights so they weren’t bored. Also they needed to do something to keep their minds occupied because they hadn’t eaten some “real food” as Leban called it, human blood, for some time. Even worse they hadn’t eaten any kind of blood and their bodies were being debilitated because of that.

One night, while they were resting against a tree, they felt it. It was like a call from nature that resonated in their stomachs. That sweet smell that made their mouths water. They smelled blood in the woods. Even more, they were so hungry that they could hear it abandoning the human body to fall on the ground.

They just had a second to look at each other in astonishment at the smell; in the next second they were running toward that aroma, like starving hunters. They didn’t say a word; they just ran for it until they arrived. Immediately they hid to see what was going on.

They saw an almost dead man on the ground and two wounded men trying to defend themselves from something. The two men were protecting the one on the ground. Suddenly a shadow appeared falling from one tree. The shadow was in front of the men with his back toward Moswen and Leban.

Moswen and Leban could see the fear in the eyes of the men. A vampire was attacking them. They didn’t recognize the men but they knew that there was no village near, so they had to be with the same humans that they were.

Leban touched Moswen while pointing to the woods. Some seconds later, Moswen saw some man there. “Were they hiding to attack the vampire? Or were they hiding to avoid the vampire?” Something was for sure; they were part of the vigilantes.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 12, 2006 3:31 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

So what now? What to do now?

Discussion until Thursday because this is the first part of the chapter. Enjoy !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Jun 14, 2006 12:16 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'd say 'wait and see', personally. They want to feed, that much is obvious. Their best chance, without blowing their cover, is to see which way the battle is going to turn, and join the side that's most likely to get them some food without getting caught.

If the vampire wins against the three out in the open, then it may well have to face those in hiding before it can feed. If it seems to be winning against them as well, then you can join in and help out, sharing the spoils with it afterwards.

If it begins to lose against those in hiding (presuming it comes to a fight and they don't just run at that point), then join in with the hunters, try to get the vampire captured and offer to bring back the bodies while they take the vampire back to camp. You can have a meal of them on the way, put it down to damage done by the original vampire.

Just wait and see, turn the situation to whatever advantage you can, basically Smile
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Jun 14, 2006 3:33 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Nice idea !

The poll will be up tomorrow, just if there are more than one opinion...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Wed Jun 14, 2006 9:10 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Well...let’s see...while the vampires kill all the men, they can look around to make sure there are no more vigilantes out there. As soon as they are all killed they can fight and kill the vampires (bury or burn the vampires) eat their food and then go and pretend nothing happened until someone else finds their bodies. Don't bring back the dead vampires because I think it's not a good idea to give the humans something they can study. You want them to know as little as possible about your kind.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jun 15, 2006 3:27 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up. You have until Saturday morning. Vote !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jun 17, 2006 12:50 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll ended. I hope to have the next chapter on Monday.

What now?

'wait and see'and join the side that's most likely to get food and retieve vampire alive (if that comes) 66% [2]
fight and kill the vampires bury or burn them and eat their food and then go and pretend nothing happened 33% [1]
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 19, 2006 4:50 am    Post subject: Chapter 12: knowing the human clan - Part II: A new mystery Reply with quote

Chapter 12: knowing the human clan
Part II: A new mystery

After some time looking at the vigilantes Moswen said, “Let’s wait and see what happen here”. Leban just nodded without saying a word. After a moment the vigilantes disappeared or at least they couldn’t be seen.

The vampire continued with his hunting. He looked as hungry as Leban and Moswen. His clothes were marked by a lot of fights but his face only showed that he was really desperate for food. Maybe because of that he couldn’t sense that there were others nearby.

The two men that were defending the dying one were positioned between the vampire and the man. They didn’t seem as they could fight against a human much less against a vampire. But even with that they were trying to help him.

They were paralyzed, the vampire in front of the two humans. Suddenly the vampire attacked them. He ran toward them but before being in range he jumped backward leaving the humans attacking the air. With that the vampire took them by surprise hitting them, both. Immediately he took the nearly one and started to feed on him.

The vampire bit him on the neck while the man yelled for help.
“All that blood…” thought Moswen while seeing all the blood that was spilled.
“Can you believe this?” asked Leban very anxious.
“Take it easy Leban, we will have our dinner soon…” said Moswen trying to contain himself.

Meanwhile the other man attacked the vampire. The vampire was so concentrated on taking his food that apparently he forgot the other human. The man hit the vampire with something on the head hard enough to make him loosen his grip on the food. In the vampire’s face you could see how mad he was about that.

But instead on attacking them it was like he was trying to enjoy the moment, it was that or he was thinking of something happy. When he gave his first step something came from upside. It hit him so hard that it made him fall almost buried in the ground.

The new person was wearing all of black, even on its face. Its clothes had no holes except those necessary to see and breath. It was using gloves, boots and a mask, everything of black.

It walked toward the vampire who was fighting to get out of the ground. It just used its bare hands to kill the vampire. It put its hands on each side of the vampire’s head and with a sudden and hard movement turned the vampire’s head to break it.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Did you see that?” asked Leban.
“It looks like we have a real hunter there,” answered Moswen without losing sight of it.
“He is with the humans. A vampire is with the humans,” said Leban more surprised than angry.
“A vampire?” asked Moswen with doubt.
“How can you explain what he did it?” asked Leban still surprised.
“I don’t know…” answered Moswen worried about what they could have to face.
“I think that I know how they find information about us. With one of us…” said Leban.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A moment later the vigilantes that were hiding arrived. They weren’t alone, with them arrived more people. The vampire’s assassin stood up and started to walk. The men were as surprised as Moswen and Leban.

Moments later there were just Moswen, Leban and two human bodies. When Leban was sure that no one else was there without any hesitation he ran toward one of the man and started to feed. Moswen more worried went walking but also to feed. After they were really satisfied they decided to take some of the clothes of the dead, especially Moswen who took a pair of gloves. Moments later they were returning to the village.

Before they arrived, when they were where they were supposed to be, someone was waiting them there. The night vigilantes leader was there. His face showed that he was mad at them for some reason, in addition to the obvious one.

“Where you were?” asked a very angry man.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 19, 2006 4:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

What should Moswen say or do?

The discussion will be until thursday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 19, 2006 5:07 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

You heard screams. You ran off to see what you could find. The woods were deceptive and you couldn't locate the sounds of the fight in time. By the time you got there, there was nothing left but some mutilated corpses. You don't know what happened.

You got back as soon as you could. Sorry. Very Happy
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Jun 19, 2006 5:21 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

You could say something silly like you had to pee. Why both of them had to go? Because one has to watch out the vampires don’t take by surprise the one that’s peeing. Razz
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jun 22, 2006 3:21 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll will be up until saturday
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shogun
Respected Citizen



Joined: 15 Aug 2005

Posts: 628
Location: In your nightmares, feeding on your fears.

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Jun 22, 2006 3:11 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The heard screams part not might work since they would question you about it. The pee one...is a bit off but it most likely will work.
_________________
I'm ripped across the ditch, and settled in the dirt and I'm
Wiggled like a stitch, yet I'm the one who's hurt
Pay attention to your twisted little indiscretions
I've got no right to way, I'm just caught up all the battles

Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jun 24, 2006 4:51 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll ended. I hope to have the next chapter on monday.

What to answer
heard screams and went to check it 0% [0]
had to pee 100% [2]
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Jun 25, 2006 10:58 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry! Missed the vote!
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 26, 2006 3:37 am    Post subject: Chapter 13: Fixing Thoughts Reply with quote

Chapter 13: Fixing Thoughts

Moswen was in shock because no one had supervised them before. They hadn’t seen a leader on all their vigilante nights, even when they were out of the area almost all the time. This took him off guard so he couldn’t respond fast enough.

“We were peeing…” answered Leban after realizing that Moswen was in shock. “Why?” asked Leban.
“Because you weren’t at your post for a long time,” answered the man.
“Yeah, you know. We held as much as we could; but when you have to go, you have to go…” said Leban with a smile on his face.
“And you two had to go at the same time?” asked the man, very curious.
“Not really” answered Moswen, more calm now. “But I don’t think it’s a good idea to be out there alone”.
“I suppose you are right,” said the man.

“Sir…” they heard someone yelling.
The man turned to where the sound was coming from, “tell me…” he said.
“We need you at the village, now” said the voice almost ordering it.
“I’m coming,” said the man.
But before he started to walk he turned to Leban and Moswen. “I will be watching you two,” he said very seriously. Immediately he turned again and started to run toward the village.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“We have to go to pee?” asked Moswen a moment after the man had left them.
“That was the best thing you could think?” asked Moswen very worried.
“At least I gave them an answer…” answered Leban obviously feeling himself a genius.

“Let’s hope that he believed it. Anyway, we have better things to think about. Let’s see, we arrived here following a vampire. A few days after, we discover that they know a lot about vampires and now that. A vampire with them…”
“Are you sure it was a vampire?” interrupted Leban.
“You saw it. Explain it…” answered Moswen.
“I have nothing to say…” said Leban very worried.
“Also that could explain how they know about us. They have a vampire with them. We have to give this report to Zandus and be more careful now,” said Moswen.
“At least you found some gloves to use. But you think that the vampire they have is one of our vampires?” asked Leban.
“Who knows? We need to find who he is and how he is connected with Kort,” said Moswen.
“But then, should we trust Zandus’ vampires? And what are you going to tell Zandus?” asked Leban.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile, the man was arriving at the village to see what was so important. When he arrived there were a lot of people surrounding something. As he approached at the group he saw some men very scared and with blood on their clothes.

“They found some bodies,” someone said to the leader.
“The council is waiting for you,” said a man pointing to a building that was very well secured.

He walked toward the building. When he arrived the two guards that were on the door moved so he could enter the building. As he passed they returned to their positions.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“I’m not sure what to do now but something is certain, we have to be very careful with the humans and Zandus clan too. I will have to think about what to do now” said Moswen in low voice.
“Don’t worry we will discover everything we need” said Leban in a better mood than Moswen.

“Should I talk to Zandus? Is he hiding something from me? Who was that vampire? If it was a vampire. But then, if it wasn’t a vampire what it was?” a lot of thoughts were on the mind of Moswen. This could take more than a night to solve.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 26, 2006 3:38 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Discussion until Monday.

Yep chinaren, we miss you...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Shady Stoat
Elder



Joined: 02 Oct 2005

Posts: 2950
Location: England

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 26, 2006 3:49 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Yeah, sorry I missed the vote last time too. I think it was something to do with you putting up a post to say 'the poll is up', when it still wasn't. I meant to come back to it, but forgot.

Maybe if you put the post up after you've set the poll? Saves people with no memory, like me, forgetting to vote Very Happy

Anyway, what to do now? I think it's definitely time for Moswen to go and see the leader of the village. He already knows they have a vampire working for them now (or suspects, at least). He should demand to know what's going on, reveal himself to be a vampire and say that he wants to exchange knowledge with the leader. Tell him about your vendetta with Kort, your desire to see him dead.

Zandus has never harmed you, but he's never really done much for you one way or another. He chose not to be a part of this, that's his decision. However, circumstances have changed and you desperately need to know what's going on. If that means revealing a little about yourself as well, then so be it. Once you have full information, then it might be time to go back to Zandus, not now when all you have is pointless suspicions and accusations.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Yahoo Messenger
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jun 26, 2006 4:02 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

It could be best if they found out what the Council was up to. Maybe a quick spying mission first? Mmm, more information says I.
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Tue Jun 27, 2006 10:01 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Before talking to Zandus they need to know why this guy was called out so they might need to do a little bit of spying but I don't think they should reveal who they are for now.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Jul 02, 2006 6:23 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, so far we got:

Moswen go and see the leader of the village. He already knows they have a vampire working for them now (or suspects, at least). He should demand to know what's going on, reveal himself to be a vampire and say that he wants to exchange knowledge with the leader. Tell him about your vendetta with Kort, your desire to see him dead. Once you have full information, then it might be time to go back to Zandus, not now when all you have is pointless suspicions and accusations.

It could be best if they found out what the Council was up to.

You got until tomorrow... thanks for your ideas.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Jul 04, 2006 5:06 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll will be up until Friday. Let's vote...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Jul 07, 2006 8:36 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the poll is closed...

What should Moswen do now?
Moswen go and see the leader of the village. 33% [1]
They should found out what the Council was up to. 66% [2]

I hope to have the next chapter on Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jul 10, 2006 9:12 am    Post subject: Chapter 14: More information or more confusion Reply with quote

Chapter 14: More information or more confusion

Moswen took a decision, they needed more information and not from the vigilantes. “It would be better if we got information from the leaders,” Moswen said to Leban while looking at the vigilantes’ leader entering the building.
“Did you think that they will tell us anything?” asked Leban worried about Moswen’s idea.
“They have a reunion right now. They wouldn’t give information to me but between themselves is different…” answered Moswen

They waited some time and then they approached the building. While Moswen looked around the building to find a window or a spot to enter the building, Leban was talking to the guards outside the door trying to obtain a spoiler of the reunion.

“Hey guys,” said Leban to the guards.
“We are on duty,” answered one of them very seriously.
“I was just passing through,” said Leban trying to be friendly.
“Leban? I thought you were on night vigilant,” said the other guard.
“Hey. It has been a long time since we last played and yes I’m still on the night watch. But right now it appears that something important has occurred and they called us back,” answered Leban.
“Did you know him?” asked one of the guards to the other.
“Of course, I have almost all his money,” answered the guard.
“Gamblers,” muttered the guard.

“Do you know what happened?” asked Leban.
“Why are you so interested?” asked the unknown guard.
“C’mon we are too,” said the other guard. “We don’t know what is happening here but it appears that the vampires have located us. Or at least that is what I heard before they called me to do guard duty here,” said the guard with a low voice.
“Yeah you know them…” said the other guard.
“Them? Who are they?” asked Leban
“What? You know, them!” said the guard with emphasis on the word them.
“He is new here so maybe he hasn’t heard,” said the guard. “The ones who started the investigation on vampires,” he concluded.
“Well I will continue my way. Good luck,” said Leban starting to walk.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile, Moswen couldn’t find a “normal” way to enter the building. But he found an open spot very high reachable by a human but not by a vampire. It looked as if it was a hole in the building. Then he hid until Leban arrived.

Immediately Leban gave Moswen the information he had found. “We have to find out if it’s true. We could use it to our advantage,” said Moswen pointing to the open spot.

The building had some five floors and like the others it looked very damaged as if a war had occurred there. The open spot was on the fifth floor on one of the building’s sides.

They jumped to the open spot on the building and very silently entered. The building appeared to be empty but they saw the vigilantes’ leader entering it. So they started to check every room by putting their ears against the doors. They checked the entire fifth floor and then continued to the next one.

When they reached the fourth floor they could hear that somebody was on the third floor. So they skipped the fourth floor and started on the third one. They could distinguish four voices in the room even when they weren’t near it.

They decided to split to be on guard just in case if someone appeared – but both of them were hearing the conversation in the room. Moswen hid two rooms behind the reunion room while Leban was near the only stairs that the building had.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“But we have to give the alert,” said a.
“We are doing was is right,” interrupted b.
“Correct for who?” asked an angry a.
“For everyone,” answered c.
“For win the war,” said d very softly.
“This could take more casualties and they will be on you,” said a, worried.
“That is a risk we will have to take,” said b.
“This is for the good of humanity,” said c. “You have to understand that we have to make some sacrifices to protect the race.”
“So you are saying that we have to die just because you think that it’s the best?” asked a
“What we are saying is that we have to do what is correct for humanity and not only for us,” said c.
“C’mon take it easy,” said d.
“Easy? You are asking me to take that kind of risk and take it easy? What about if the people here discover it?” asked a furious a.
“If that happened then we would think what to do but until that we are going to hide it,” said c.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Leban couldn’t tell who they were but by the tone of their voices they were discussing something more important than they thought. Leban heard some noise from the second floor. He immediately looked down by the stairs but no one was coming. Then he heard that noise again but this time it was coming from outside. So he tried to find a window to look outside. He entered the first room he saw and then looked by the window. Now his concentration was focused on knowing what was going on outside.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After a deep silence in the room the discussion started again.

“So, what about the bodies?” asked a.
“I will take care of that,” answered c.
“I want to know what are you doing with it,” said a.
“We are going to study it,” said b.
“Aren’t you tired of your stupid investigations? You have found nothing…” said a.
“We are doing our job and we hope you do yours…” interrupted b.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Leban was just looking out through the window. He saw more then eight people going outside the building. They were all talking at the same time and because of that he could recognize none of them. “The vigilantes’ leader is going out. Then we weren’t hearing his reunion? What reunion is this then?” thought Leban.

Now Leban was worried about what really was going on with the humans. But before he could do anything he heard some steps that apparently were coming from the stairs. He tried to close the door but it was too late. Someone was already in front of it starting to look inside. Leban didn’t have time to think so he just jumped through the window. While he was falling he could hear someone yelling “take him, it’s a spy…”

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moswen heard the yell too. He also heard some footsteps running. Suddenly someone opened the door of the reunion room.

“Someone was in the other room. We are going to try to find him,” said the new voice.
“Has the reunion concluded?” asked a.
“Yes sir,” said the new voice.
“Then go,” said a.

After that order Moswen heard the door closing and some steps exiting.

“So, we are good enough to discover it…”said a.
“We have to take this easy. Don’t talk to anyone,” said b.
“But now the soldiers know about it,” said a.
“Just do as we ordered to you. About the spy they don’t know that he is a vampire. Tell them that he is just a mere human that could be working for the vampires…” said c.
“But if they…” interrupted an anxious a.
“Just do as we ordered you,” interrupted c, very firmly. “Tell them that he is a human that we need to capture alive to interrogate. That’s all, you can go now…” said c.

Moswen heard the door being opened and closed again.

“What we are going to do?” said b.
“If they know that we are here they could attack us. So we just have to be prepared,” said c.
“What are you going to do with the bodies?” said d.
“Just burn them. We have all the information we need,” said c.
“Ok, I will do it now,” said d.

After that Moswen heard the door being opened and heard some steps too. As if two of them were going out. He was waiting for the third one to go out of the room but instead of that he heard him talking.

“You have to take care of the vampires. Don’t let them know who you are, just find them and kill them…” said c.

Then Moswen heard some steps as if there were two persons and no just one. One set of steps were going out of the room but the other was going to the other side. After some moments he didn’t hear any more steps. Moswen moved to the window and looked outside but he was too late to see a face. He could just make out a shadow moving through the forest.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jul 10, 2006 9:16 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

What now? Should Moswen find Kort to give him the information he find out? Will the humans capture Leban? Should Moswen help Leban? What now?



Don't lose the next chapter... discusion until Thursday.
ENJOY !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Jul 10, 2006 10:41 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I would say that he should try to follow the guy that last exit the mysterious reunion but I think he is long gone by now, so...he should help Leban to get out of trouble, try to find out more about the men that where in the reunion and then go tell to Zandus that something fishy is going on and that they might be in more trouble than they think so they could be prepared in case something goes on.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jul 15, 2006 5:17 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

There is only one option so far. So I don't think we need any poll to take a desision. In any way I will wait until Monday to take the desision.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jul 15, 2006 6:04 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Find Kort says I, discuss what to do.
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.


Last edited by Chinaren on Sat Jul 15, 2006 3:31 pm; edited 1 time in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Sat Jul 15, 2006 1:22 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

chinaren wrote:
Find Kort says I, discuss what to do, maybe try and get his help.


Did you really mean Kort or you meant Zandus help?
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jul 17, 2006 10:30 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up. It will be until Friday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Jul 22, 2006 12:34 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the poll is closed.

Follow the guy that last exit the reunion and help Leban.

I hope to have the next chapter for Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jul 24, 2006 10:42 am    Post subject: Chapter 15: The village under attack Reply with quote

Chapter 15: The village under attack

“What should I do now?” thought Moswen worried. “Let’s find Leban and then think about what to do”.

Moswen looked through the window, searching for traces of where the silent one had gone, and where Leban could be. He waited a little moment, just to be sure that the silent one wasn’t there. Then he jumped through the window.

He immediately hid in the forest trying to make the least sound possible treading slowly and silently. He was concentrating hard on the forest sounds when he heard some heavy footsteps. Moswen jumped to a tree and started to move toward the sound by the trees. While he was approaching the footsteps he started to hear some murmuring. Whoever it was apparently was without any fear, making a big noise in the forest.

When Moswen found it, it was muttering under its breath, and walking reluctantly, as if it were fighting with itself. As Moswen started to descend from the tree it stopped. It apparently heard the sound of Moswen’s movement and was trying to identify the sound. Moswen stopped as soon as he noticed that it appeared to be thinking. Immediately without losing any time Moswen moved to the ground and hid again.

It was still looking around trying to find what that was.
“Now I’m hearing things,” it said. “Why always me? I’m supposed to be superhuman and not a freaking looser…”

Moswen recognized that voice, it was Leban. “You are making so much noise for nothing,” interrupted Moswen.
Immediately Leban looked at him. “Hey, I thought you were lost…” said Leban with a timid smile on his face.
“You are the one who had to get out running,” said Moswen accusing at Leban.
“Yeah, whatever…” said Leban sitting on the ground.
“Did you see something heading this way?” asked Moswen.
“Yeah, like three or four men. They were behind me, why?” asked Leban
“Oh, no. After you got out of the building someone jumped through the window. I was following him and trying to find you,” said Moswen.

“I didn’t see anything but I heard something. As I was trying to hide I didn’t follow it. Do you think we try to follow it?” asked Leban.
“We should but not now. We need to know who it was,” answered Moswen.
“Then tomorrow night we can try to find it or at least to find more information,” said Leban.
“Yeah, but we have to return now, it will be dawn soon,” said Moswen.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Moswen decided to return to the village. In the days that followed, they tried to find some information on who attended the reunion. As the reunion itself had been a secret one no one could help them. But at least they could find some information on the other reunion.

Apparently they were worried because the vampires were attacking them. They thought that the vampires had found the village and if that were true then they were in danger. But as they didn’t know much about vampires compared to the “investigators” that were with them they need their help. Because of that the leaders of the village opted to hold a reunion that appeared pointless to the others in the village.

The “investigators” were doing nothing except that, investigate. Some people started to think that they weren’t there to help the village; that they were taking advantage of the village for some secret purpose.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“What?” yelled Moswen more surprised than worried, when a strong noise woke him up.

It wasn’t night yet. Moswen could see the sun entering by one of the windows where he was. He heard the sound again but this time it was accompanied by the yelling of people. It was like some kind of attack from the building, against the village.

Moswen awaked Leban while others night vigilantes were woken up by the loud noise or the yelling of the terrified people.
“What it is?” asked Leban almost furious.
“Something it’s happening outside,” answered Moswen.
“And?” asked Leban.
“We need to be prepared for whatever is there,” answered Moswen.

“Take all the weapons and be prepared,” murmured someone while giving knives, swords and stakes to the ones who were there. Moswen and Leban looked at each other and with a body gesture of indifference they took one knife each.

Suddenly someone entered the building crushing the door. He entered running and didn’t stop until arrived at the other side of the room. “They are here…” he yelled.

He had some blood on his shirt and on his hands. He was trembling from fear, almost unable to hold his sword. With his eyes opened very wide he continued looking at the door.

“Who is here?” asked the one who was giving the weapons out.
“The vampires are here. They found us and attacked us. They are in the village…” concluded the man.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Something is wrong here. Are the vampires attacking without waiting until the sun had gone down? Or is it some other force? Why would the vampires attack the village? Even worse, what am I going to do now?” thought Moswen.

“Let’s get ready. On my order everyone will go to attack them…” one of the leaders interrupted Moswen’s thoughts.

Immediately Leban looked at Moswen evidently waiting for an order from him.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jul 24, 2006 10:45 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the chapter is up. You haveuntil Monday to give your ideas.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jul 24, 2006 3:19 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Mmm, doesn't seem likely this other lot are vamires.

Still, I say go along with the defense, and if it looks bad, slip away in the confusion.

Those who run away, live to run away another day. Wink
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Wed Aug 02, 2006 3:59 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Well....Moswen and Leban definitely can not go outside so they will have to wait until they are attacked inside were they are and hide away in the confusion so no one notice that they didn't went outside.
Back to top
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Aug 03, 2006 5:40 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Go along with the humans for now at least, but be prepared to slip away if necessary. Remember to stay out of sunlight as well.

If it turns out that this is some new breed of vampire or something, then it could be wise to side with them, and find out what you can discover.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Aug 07, 2006 3:25 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok. You two appear to be in the same opinion. So (as I'm late) I will try to get up the next chapter as soon as I can.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Aug 14, 2006 3:38 am    Post subject: Chapter 16: Vampires with humans. Reply with quote

Chapter 16: Vampires with humans.

Leban's gaze was still locked on Moswen, who was lost in thought. Suddenly someone closed the door very hard, jolting him out of his reverie.

“I got a better idea…” interrupted Moswen.
“What is it?” asked the leader taking more weapons.
“We should wait for them here” answered Moswen.
“To defend a building?” asked one of the humans
“To protect ourselves” answered other.
“Just fight and don’t die” said the leader while hiding on the back of the room.

All of them were still, just waiting for the enemy. They could hear the sound of the war that was going outside. But they were still. Suddenly the door broke, terrifying everyone. A shadow entered.

A tall man with dark clothes who had his head covered with a hood was entering. He entered walking slowly. Inside, everything was still - so still that the others attackers outside could hear the steps from the one who was in. then he took out his hood showing dark eyes and a mad face painted.

“I’m a vampire and nothing that you could do could kill me” he said.

The fear took almost everyone on the room, except for the other vampires. Leban gave a peek to Moswen but before Moswen could say anything Leban jumped. The only enemy that was on the room was very surprised. He couldn’t move until Leban arrived but it was late. Leban stuck the knife in the heart of the supposedly immortal vampire, literally.

The enemy just fell to the ground like a mere death. That awaked everyone on the room but they were still immobile. Outside, the enemy, was like inside; immobile. Then a command broke the silent.

“Attack them…” yelled Moswen while running to attack them.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The fight continued outside the building while Leban and Moswen helped to get the enemy out of it. They told the humans that they would stay in the building to be sure that no vampire would try to use it to hide. When the humans went outside they just tried to figure out what was going here.

They went to the place where the first one who entered lay. He was there with Leban’s knife in his heart. The body was on a lake of blood.

“A vampire with blood…” said Moswen worried.
“Nice. Don’t you think” said Leban.
“Stupid, no vampire has blood inside. This wasn’t a vampire” said Moswen annoyed because he have to give that explanation.
“Then it was just a mere human?” asked Leban.
“Yeah. A human who served a vampire” answered Moswen.
“Or just a human who wanted to make a bad joke. Could they be the investigators who were supposed to help the humans?” asked Leban.

Moswen couldn’t answer it. There was no proof about their ideas.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The fight continued well into the night. Moswen and Leban were waiting near a window to watch what was going on outside. The fight continued but this time the humans weren’t as scared as they were at the beginning. While waiting they saw some strangers arriving with a cart covered by a dark blanket. The cart was arriving with the night.

When Moswen and Leban could went out of the building the cart was there waiting them. But before they could arrive at the fight, it had changed status. Three people jumped from the car and started to fight. They were real vampires.

While the real vampires were fighting the humans Leban and Moswen were fighting the fake vampires. In some minutes they five had killed almost everyone. Suddenly each team got separated in front of their respectively enemy.

“So that’s it?” asked one of the real vampires.

In the vampire side were just three vampires while the human side was just four persons, including Moswen and Leban.

“Who are you?” asked one of the humans.
“We work for Kort and he just wanted to salute you…” answered one of the vampires.
When the vampire finished the sentence all the vampires started to laugh.

“You got some vampires in your group. We just wanted them but as you protected them we have to kill you all. Where are the rest of you?” asked one of the vampires.
“We don’t have any vampires on our side…” answered one of the humans.
“So you didn’t know it? You have some vampires in your group. We were hunting them and they led us to you. We just wanted them…” said one of the vampires.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Aug 14, 2006 3:40 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The chapter is up. You have until Monday to give your ideas. What should Moswen do now? Should he said he is a vampire or should he continue as a human?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Aug 14, 2006 3:45 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Well, it wouldn't take much to test him and catch him out. Best try and play on the fact that he has helped defend them.

Unless, he suddenly decides to change sides suddenly of course. Shocked
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Aug 20, 2006 7:27 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

chinaren wrote:
Well, it wouldn't take much to test him and catch him out. Best try and play on the fact that he has helped defend them.

Unless, he suddenly decides to change sides suddenly of course. Shocked


Can you explain it? Are you saying that Moswen should say that before the vampires say something? or after they say something? Or just wait?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Aug 20, 2006 2:54 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I mean it would be quite easy to check to see if he was a vampire or not, so best tell the truth, but remind them how he has helped fight the vampires.

Or run away?
Shocked
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Aug 21, 2006 3:34 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, then. I will wait a little more to see if someone else want to give any other idea. Today at night (here) I will put the poll up (if necessary).
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Aug 21, 2006 3:38 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, no poll this time. Moswen will tell the truth, as soon as I can get the chapter up.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Aug 23, 2006 2:59 pm    Post subject: Chapter 17: Vampires exposed Reply with quote

Chapter 17: Vampires exposed

“So, you are trying to find some revenge?” asked Moswen.
“I’m not talking to you, little snack. But be sure of something, what I can do to a human will be nothing compared to what I want to do with the traitor,” said one of the vampires.

Everyone on the human side looked at each other trying to see through the bodies to find the vampire. Leban was surprised by the looking of the humans. He immediately looked at Moswen waiting for some signal or movement from him. But Moswen didn’t move he talked.

“I’m here helping the humans and I don’t think that giving up is a good idea,” said Moswen without blinking an eye.
“We are not giving up…” said one of the humans.
“We are three and you are just four mere humans…” said one of the vampires.

The human group took some steps backward to have some space, just in case they needed it. They took position to defend themselves but all the vampires could see doubt in their eyes.

“Don’t worry,” said Moswen.
“How is that they know about vampires with us and we don’t?” asked one of the humans.
“That doesn’t matter,” answered Leban nervous.
“Ok, let’s take it easy” interrupted Moswen. “I’m one of the vampires…” shot Moswen.

No one said a word for a few seconds; they just looked to Moswen’s eyes trying to figure out if he was lying.
“We helped you a lot guys. As you we want to kill Kort and this could be our opportunity,” said Moswen like a leader.
“Maybe, but we want all the vampires dead,” said one of the humans.
“We are at a disadvantage right now,” interrupted Leban.
“You are right. For now we need the vampire, it will be better if we have more here,” said the other human.
“In fact we are two. Leban and me,” said Moswen.
“Then we are better,” said one of the human.
“For now, maybe. But remember you two, we hate all the vampires,” said the other human.
“Let’s fight…” said Leban.

“We are waiting…” said one of the vampires while the human group took position to fight them.
“You can’t win,” said other vampire.
“Let’s do this fast before the humans that were out arrive,” said one of the vampires.

Immediately after those words were said the three vampires jumped. The human group got prepared for the fall of the vampires. But instead of the vampires attacking them they just pushed them. The humans fell but Moswen and Leban could jump to stay standing. Two of the vampires jumped toward one of the humans while the other vampire was protecting the space between them and the others.

When the two vampires got to the human he didn’t even look at them, he just pointed in Moswen and Leban's direction. The two vampires looked at Leban and Moswen.
“You have something to say?” asked one of the vampires.

Moswen and Leban looked at each other. “We have to do something or they will know who we are,” said Leban waiting for Moswen instructions. Moswen just give him a head movement like saying let’s do it. They two jumped at the same time to the same direction, Moswen in front of Leban. The vampire that was alone jumped too to try to stop them but he only could attack Moswen while Leban, who jumped higher, was falling near the others vampires. But Leban arrived too late.

Leban could hear when the human said his last words, “vampire”. After that one of the vampires crossed the human chest with his hand. “We heard it, stupid human” the vampire said while killing him. The two vampires were so immersed in the killing thing that they didn’t notice when Leban arrived and with one hand against each one of them he pushed them.

One of the vampires jumped and turned around as fast as he could but the other fell into the ground with his hand still on the human. Leban took this advantage to strangle the vampire.
While Leban was killing one of the vampires Moswen was fighting the other. The last one was just looking at them as the human was.

“It’s too late,” said the vampire. After some time of silence he talked again, “I got what we need. I don’t know you two but I wasn’t after you”.

The human looked at Moswen and Leban, surprised. They were almost finishing their enemies.

“There are other vampires?” asked the startled human.
“Yes” answered the vampire. “But don’t worry I will take care of all of them, including you two,” said the vampire while pointing to Moswen and Leban. “Be prepared because you were unmasked to us and even though I don’t know you maybe Kort does…” said the vampire while jumping into the trees in the forest.

Leban and Moswen looked at each other a little worried. But when they looked at the human and they didn’t find him, they were really worried. The human was vanished like the vampire.

“Are we in trouble?” asked Leban.
“I’m not sure but I think that we are alone now,” answered Moswen.
“And?” asked Leban with curiosity.
“Kort knows that here are some vampires. But who? Now even the humans knows we are vampires,” answered Moswen.
“Not yet. Only one human and one vampire know us. Tell me what to do and considered it done,” said Leban.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Aug 23, 2006 3:00 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people. This time the discussion will be until Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Thu Aug 24, 2006 5:19 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Lets see...if there is only one human that knows that they are vampires then Moswen should think if he really wanted to tell everyone that he was a vampire if thats what he wants then he should talk to that human to convince him that he only wants to help and that they should tell the others some other time when they are ready...on the other hand if Moswen does not want the others to know he should convince the human that what he said was a lie to confuse the vampires and to make them think that they where on equal fighting ground.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Aug 24, 2006 7:49 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

An interesting idea...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Aug 28, 2006 3:40 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the poll is up. You have until thursday to vote.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Sep 05, 2006 3:09 pm    Post subject: Chapter 18: Humans under investigation Reply with quote

Chapter 18: Humans under investigation

“You have to catch the human but do it in the easy way,” said Moswen worried.

Immediately Leban ran thru the forest behind the human. Moswen were following him but thinking on how to explain to the human what happened. Leban jumped to fall in front of the human on his human face to not scare him.

“Take it easy,” said Leban with a smile on his face.

The human was scared, “They are vampires, what do they want with us?” thought the human. Seconds after Moswen arrived with a worried face.

“Are you all right?” asked Moswen.
“Yes,” answered the human.
“We are your friends. We have a common enemy that’s why we are helping you,” said Moswen with soft voice.
“But you are vampires” said the human.
“Yes, but we aren’t your enemy,” said Leban.
“Then why you didn’t tell us from the beginning that you are vampires,” said the human.
“I thought that but the problem is that not all the humans are ready to work with vampires. We are really sorry that you have to find on this way. But we also need you to keep it on secret,” said Moswen.
“What? Not tell the others. How can you ask me that?” asked the human.
“There will be some of them who just wanted to kill vampires. We are not your enemies we are friends,” answered Leban.
“We need each other. If you want to find Kort we can help you, even more we want to kill him. He’s the bad vampire,” added Moswen.
“And you are suppose to be the good ones? Vampires are vampires,” said the human.
“Yes, but sometimes you have to unite forces to win a war. Like us, we need an army that only your group could create but you need our knowledge,” said Moswen.
“Your knowledge? We have our own investigators…” said the human.
“Yes, but they are using your group. They just want to use you…” interrupted Leban.
“How? Did you have any evidence?” asked the human.
“Ask to your leader…” answered Leban.

“Just don’t tell them that we are vampires, at lease until you find the evidence you need. Then you can decide what to do…” said Moswen after a moment of silence.
“Follow me, we have a hidden place where we were suppose to go if something happened to the village,” said the human after thinking on it for a time.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After a long walk they arrived at some cascade. There were some others humans hidden on a cave where the human take them. There were so few and almost everyone were injured.

“Are you all right?” asked one human when they arrived.
“Yes, we almost died on the fight…” said the human.
“We are waiting here to know how much of us still alive,” said the human who received them.

“In a cave?” asked a woman.
“You have to take it easy,” said another human.
“Are you crazy? It’s night and we are in a cave where is not exit. If they find us here they are going to kill us without any problem…” said the woman very scared.

After that words there were just silence. Everyone was thinking on what that woman said. Suddenly they heard some steps coming to them. Everyone looked at each other with scare. Moswen looked at Leban and with a smoothly movement of his head they two went near the entrance of the cave in defense position.

“Watch out…” someone murmured from the outside.
Then three men entered the cave but in the instant they saw at Moswen and Leban they just stopped.

“They were trying to find some vampires,” said one of them. Those words surprised to Moswen and Leban who step aside so they could enter on the cave.
“They said so,” said other of the man who arrived.

“What?” asked one of the humans.
Leban looked at Moswen with preoccupation on his eyes. But as if something hit his head, he immediately looked at the man that were with them. Moswen followed the look of Leban and looked at him too. The man were very scared and worried, he looked at Leban and at Moswen and continued doing it.

“We were fighting them or fleeing, while they asked us about some vampires. We didn’t know why they were saying that kind of things…” said one of the humans that arrived.
“They said that in our group were some vampires that they wanted. We didn’t know if that was true or not. But suddenly some other vampires arrived. We thought that we were death but he gave them some signal with his head and they just vanished. Then he said that they found what they need and disappeared,” said other of the humans that arrived.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

From time to time others humans arrived. They all told their story of what happened to them. They told about who was dead and who just disappeared, who they saw injured and dead on the way to the hidden place. They told about how they fought and how they could survive.

Between stories the leaders tried to keep the calm with the group. The leaders were compiling all the information to know what really happened and the most important, what the vampires were searching for.

Before the sun arrived the leaders made a reunion were they told the compiled story of what happened. They even find out that the vampires were trying to find some vampire that were hid on the village being like a human. From time to time someone on the group interrupted to give more information or just to say that he saw it or heard it.

While all of this were happening Moswen and Leban were hearing it all. While more they heard more they were worried. Especially when they heard that the vampires found what they were searching for.

“Other vampire on the village?” murmured Leban to Moswen.
“This is very weird…” answered Moswen.
“I’m not worried about the others vampires but that the human who knows about us,” said Leban. Then they two looked at the human who didn’t take out his sight from them.

“If you know about someone suspicious or some vampire that is with us, or were with us then we need to talk about it,” concluded the leader.
“We are going to check the information you gave to us and it will be confidential, so don’t worry. But we need to know about that because right now we don’t know what was that vampire doing between us. So help us…” concluded one of the humans who immediately started to mix with the group making questions.

“What now?” asked Leban.
“Nothing… I don’t think that he will tell anything. He is scared of us,” answered Moswen.
“That’s the problem. Even if he didn’t say anything, what are we going to do in the morning when everyone get out of the cave?” asked Leban.
“Good question,” answered Moswen.


Last edited by jnmrcs on Sat Sep 09, 2006 11:29 am; edited 1 time in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Sep 05, 2006 3:11 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The chapter is up. Discussion until Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Guest









Items

PostPosted: Tue Sep 05, 2006 6:40 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Don't have much to say except interesting story Cool
Oh when the characters talk, it would be cool to add actions as they speak. Like: "I WILL SUCK YOUR BLOOD!!!!!!!!!"screamed Dracula as he shifted his footing and bared his teeth...

just a suggestion, not a good one though. lol.
Back to top
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Thu Sep 07, 2006 8:24 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I say the human should support Moswen and Leban, so he should not tell the leaders about them and help them to find out who is the vampire the others were looking for.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Sep 08, 2006 3:32 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

bluezaphire wrote:
I say the human should support Moswen and Leban, so he should not tell the leaders about them and help them to find out who is the vampire the others were looking for.


Sorry but we only could decide about Moswen and Leban.
Let's hope the human help us!
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
JezSharp
Respected Citizen



Joined: 18 Jul 2006

Posts: 592
Location: The middle of anywhere...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Sep 08, 2006 4:36 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok so it seems that they need an excuse to stay behind in the morning, then perhaps they can slip out under a blanket to another place. So excuses could include:

1) They are both rather ill and need to rest - not very origional but practical.

2) They could stage mini fight then be unable to work - would draw attention to themselves so not too good.

3) They could explain that they are undercover human spies who are seeking out inforamtion crucial to the war effort - then detain a small group of humans and start to educate them whilst pretending that they're gleaming important information.

4) They both could slip outside the cave before it's too light to search for firewood/ go to the loo etc however they'd be unable to slip back in later as they're absence would look suspicious.

5)They could give up with this whole plan and go and join the other side (I've exhausted my current supply of more mundane ideas Smile ) or double cross both sides as spies, gaining as much wealth as possible...or make plans to leave for another planet far far away Wink .

Anyway interesting chapter - I've only read this one so if some of my more serious ideas or comments are out of line with the story then I say sorry in advance.

Also perhaps watch your spelling/grammer which is rather broken/awkward at times with a lot of phrases like:

Quote:
He is scare of us
at the end for example (He is scared of us), or
Quote:
While more they heard more they were worried
could read 'Whilst the more they heard the more worried they became' or better still: The more they heard, the more worried they became.

Anyway this type of sentance (missing joining words etc.) does occur quite a bit and makes the story rather jerky at times. Still it has a good and interesting plot (be it I've only read the one Chapter) and I'm definatelyinterested as to what they will do next.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Yahoo Messenger
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Sep 08, 2006 5:20 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Just slip out at night, when the majority of the group is asleep. It wouldn't be hard to overpower the guards, who'd be expecting an attack from outside - if there are any of course.

The fact that they haven't killed anyone should also help convince the human that they don't intend harm.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Sep 11, 2006 6:31 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

jnmrcs wrote:
Sorry but we only could decide about Moswen and Leban.
Let's hope the human help us!


Ok, then they could say that since the people are vulnerable were they are if there is another attack that they need someone to watch the surroundings and offer themselves to do the task. Once they are out of the cave look somewhere to hide during the day and come back at night. If anyone questions why they were out all day they could say that they were either sleeping or trying to find the vampire's hideout.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Sep 11, 2006 11:44 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll will be up until friday, vote
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Guest









Items

PostPosted: Mon Sep 11, 2006 5:50 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I voted slip out at night, night is good.

*nods to himself then scratches side with footpaw*

Night is good...
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Sep 18, 2006 3:04 pm    Post subject: Chapter 19: Vampire quest Reply with quote

Chapter 19: Vampire quest

“We will have to go while still night,” said Moswen with a worried look.

Leban just agreed with a head movement. After some moments they two sited down near the exit of the cave. There they waited until they saw almost all the persons sleeping. Then they started to get out.

“Let’s move now,” ordered Moswen while waking up.

Leban waked up without saying a word following Moswen. But before they got out someone stopped them. The human was nervous about what was happening and he couldn’t sleep that’s why he was still awake. Moswen and Leban tried to avoid him but he couldn’t so they have to speak with him about what was going on. After some time they told him that they need to go out and the human left them.

When they were outside they didn’t see any human there.

“This is strange,” said Moswen.
“Where are you going?” asked a human.
Moswen and Leban turned around and saw him.
“We need to go out,” said Moswen firmly.
“Both of you?” asked the human.
“I don’t think that will be a good idea to be alone in the dark” answered Moswen.
“Don’t get lost and return as fast as you can. Take care,” said the human while giving them a signal to continue.

Moswen and Leban continued walking. When they were out of sight they started to run. It will dawn soon and they needed to find where to hide before that. They didn’t go so far but it took them a lot of time to find it.

They found a hidden hole. In the entrance were some branches that covered it. As they were running out of time they just entered and covered it again. They didn’t enter to the end of the tunnel they just enter deep enough to get hide of the sunlight. Then they took a good sleep.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“Nice we got a visitor” said a voice.

Immediately Moswen and Leban waked up. They saw a familiar face. It was the vampire that they were following to the village. But he wasn’t the one who was talking. He was tied by hands and feet. Other vampire was carried him.

From behind them was coming the voice, “how nice of you by stopping and visiting me”. The vampire was coming to Moswen and Leban.

“So, the humans know that you two are vampires?” asked the vampire.

With those words they immediately recognized him. He was the vampire that survived the attack on the forest.

“I made a question…” said the vampire while others vampires were arriving.
“Does that matter to you?” asked Moswen.
“Not so much. Its just curiosity,” answered the vampire.
“Then I don’t have to answer that,” said Moswen.
“Yeah, whatever. At least we found what we were looking for,” said the vampire pointing to the one who they got caught.
“Do it,” ordered the vampire to the others.

The vampires took the one that was tied and they pushed him toward Moswen and Leban. Leban looked very nervous to Moswen who gave him a signal to leave them pass. The others vampires pushed the tied one out of the cave.

Then they all saw how the sunlight did his work on the vampire. The vampire yelled with all his strength while the flames took his body. The light turned the vampire flesh in just ashes in some minutes.

The others vampires were celebrating the sacrifice to the god Sun. they were yelling of rejoice and laughing about the event. When even the ashes weren’t there they stopped the celebration and looked at Leban and Moswen. Their eyes were saying that they were next.

“I think it’s time to talk now,” said the vampire. “We are going to be here all day. So I will make the questions and you the answers. Unless you prefer to accompany our dust friend. So here we go. Who you are? Why you were with the humans? And the last one but not less, did you know Kort? Are you friends or enemies of him?” asked the vampire.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Sep 18, 2006 3:05 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The chapter is up. What should Moswen do or say? Discussion until monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Sep 18, 2006 3:36 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I say they may as well come clean, but cautiously.

Unless they get a chance to push them out of the cave of course! Yeah! Very Happy
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Thu Sep 21, 2006 7:16 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I say they should start answering the less incriminating questions and try to find out more about what do those vampires know or think about Kort. If Moswen could get something out of them, then he could decide what he should answer in the most incriminating ones like what do he thinks about Kort. Overall I think Moswen shouldn't tell much about them because he does not know if this vampires are with or against Kort.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 02, 2006 9:30 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I hope to have the next chapter soon. No poll this time as the only two who wrote same something similar. Thanks.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 09, 2006 2:10 pm    Post subject: Chapter 20: The Reunion Reply with quote

Chapter 20: The Reunion

In the cave was a deep silence as deep as was the darkness in there. The vampires were looking at Moswen waiting for some reaction or answer. But Moswen didn’t move, he was thinking very well how to manage this situation.

“My name is Moswen and this is my friend Leban,” said Moswen suddenly.
“And you were with the humans, because…” said the vampire.
“We were just there trying to get hide,” said Moswen.
“Hide from?” asked the vampire.
“Enemies,” answered Moswen.
“Like the humans I suppose,” said the vampire.
“As vampire we have some enemies. And as the humans didn’t know that we are vampires we decided to hide there. The perfect spot,” answered Moswen.
“The same thing thought the dust vampire,” said the vampire while pointing to outside the cave.

Everyone started laugh except Moswen and Leban, for obvious reasons. Then the vampire looked at Moswen eyes trying to find more information from there than from his words.

“Did you know Kort?” asked the vampire.
“I’m not sure, we have heard of him, but I don’t know him,” answered Moswen.
“I’m not sure of his answer,” said other vampire.
“So you are suggesting?” asked the apparently leader vampire.
“What about other vampire to the god sun,” said the vampire with a mad smile on his face.

Moswen and Leban were there just staring at the leader but thinking on the vampire who spoke too much. After a little moment the leader vampire made a movement with his hand to the inside of the cave and the two vampires that were with him entered to the cave. After they started to walk the vampire leader looked at Moswen and Leban. With a head movement he invited them to enter to the inside of the cave.

Then Leban and Moswen looked at each other and started to follow the two vampires. They walked through a strait path with rocks on the sides as wall. After just a moment of walking they arrived at a big open area that has a rectangular table on the middle.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“So, you finished the work?” asked someone in the area.
“Yes,” answered the vampire that Moswen and Leban thought was the leader.
“Then, why are you returning with more vampires?” asked the voice.
“We found them on the entrance of the cave. I saw them before with the humans,” answered the vampire.
“We have no more food or space for more vampires,” said the voice.

“Don’t worry, we are remedying that,” said other vampire from other side.
“Then hurry up…” said the voice.
“You two, to the table,” said the vampire to Moswen and Leban.

Immediately Moswen and Leban walked toward the table looking at all inside the opening area. They were studying what they can see, just in case they needed more information about where they were.

“We are alone,” murmured Leban while walking.
“We are always alone,” said Moswen.

They two sat on the table to wait. No one of them were tired, neither Moswen nor Leban. They were very alert.

“What now?” asked Leban.
“We have to wait until they decide what to do with us,” answered Moswen.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After some large minutes someone was coming toward Leban and Moswen.

“Put it there,” said the vampire.

They threw something on the ground. Even when Moswen and Leban didn’t want to know what it was their eyes went to the ground too. There were pieces of fresh flesh.

“That isn’t food,” said one of the vampires to Moswen and Leban.

Moswen and Leban looked at each other and returned their sight to the flesh on the ground. It appeared to be human but its blood was drying too fast. They two were looking very surprised at it. In less than a minute the blood has been disappeared. “Don’t worry, its death” interrupted one of the vampires.

After that comment all the vampires there started to laugh. Moswen and Leban were surrounded by vampires and they didn’t notice it until now. There were more than ten vampires there.

“What are they doing here? And what the f&@^ is that?” thought Moswen trying to erase the surprised face he have.

“So, you have never seen before a vampire body being prepared for cooking?” asked one of the vampires.

That question made the vampires laugh louder. But that question was echoing in the Moswen and Leban minds. They looked at each other and looked at the body again. The flesh started to wrinkle itself until it turned into dust.

“We have more space now,” said the voice.
“Let’s play something,” said one of the vampires while throwing something like a ball.

Everyone started to play something like soccer with that ball. They were yelling, jumping, running and hitting at that thing. They were really fast and strong. Moswen could only saw their shadows because their bodies were too big.

Suddenly they heard someone yelling at other one. Two vampires were bringing one vampire tied by hands. As they dropped him with the face to the ground neither Moswen nor Leban could see him.

“So, you called that a warrior,” started to talk the voice. “Even worse, you called that your leader. You must be very insane or desperate to do that,” said the voice.
“You just were lucky,” said the vampire on the ground.

That voice was familiar to Moswen and Leban whom looked at each other with curiosity.

“Even better, I’m smarter…” said the voice.

Suddenly the supposed ball felt in front of Moswen, between them and the tied vampire on the ground. It wasn’t a ball at all. It was a head with a face on it but it was backward to Moswen. Maybe it was the head of the body that was in the ground, now part of that ground.

“Smarter?” asked the vampire that was tied.
“Yes,” said other vampire while walking toward the vampire on the ground. “He is smarter than anyone here. Get up,” he said while picking up the vampire. “Look that,” said the vampire while pointing to the head.
“So,” said the tied vampire.
“He is death,” said other vampire while arriving.

“So it was you, Gaokashii,” said the tied vampire.

Gaokashii took up the head with one hand and walked toward the other vampire. Then with the other hand he helped the vampire to walk toward the table. But before he could arrive he saw Moswen and Leban. And Moswen and Leban looked at Gaokashii who has Zandus head in one hand and Vladimir in the other.

“What are they doing here?” yelled frightened Gaokashii. “They worked for him and they are after Kort!”

Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 09, 2006 2:12 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people. Chapter 20 is up.

What should Moswen do or say now? Discussion until Monday.

Be aware this is the SEASON FINALE ! (Final months)
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 09, 2006 3:35 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Don't forget to update the thread name - it still claims to be on chapter 19.

Maybe try spinning some tale about coming back for the pair with some information about Kort? It doesn't have to be true of course, just something that might stop them getting dusted.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 09, 2006 4:07 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Yes, they seem to be in a btt of a pickle. I have to f5 Lordy, make up a cover story.
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Tue Oct 10, 2006 10:42 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'm still in shock so I'm just going to say "RUN FOR THEIR LIFE" or "ASK FOR A CLEAN PAINLESS DEADTH" Shocked
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Oct 10, 2006 3:08 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

This is going to be very difficult, remember that Gaokashii knows them. So, any suggestion on what to say?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Sun Oct 15, 2006 6:46 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Gaokashii definitely knows that Moswen is after Kort so I would say that Moswen needs to know first what just happened here, why Gaokashii killed Zandus and as it seems he is planning on killing Vladimir too (or maybe he is just pretending that he wants to kill Vladimir, I just can't know that right now)...

...after all Moswen is a vampire and vampires don't have to be loving, good or even a hero so I'll say that Moswen could double cross Leban just to save his life (or pretend he is double crossing him) Mad
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 16, 2006 2:51 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll will be up until Friday. Monday new chapter.
Vote !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 23, 2006 1:39 pm    Post subject: Chapter 21: Who is on who side Reply with quote

Chapter 21: Who is on who side

There was a lot of tension on the environment. The sights were like knives cutting the air in all directions. Not a word not a movement nor a blinking. Everything was in a freeze mode.

“Are you sure about that?” asked Moswen calmly.

Then everyone looked at him and later at Gaokashii who has an idiot face. “I’m sure. You were always trying to take an opportunity to take me down, just because you wanted to be the one who kill Kort,” said Gaokashii.
“But then, that means that you and me were hunting the same target. So you are with us or with them?” asked Moswen with some irony on his tone.
“Don’t you see?” asked Gaokashii. “You are against me as always you’ve been,” said Gaokashii mad.
“Is that supposed to be an answer?” asked Moswen.
“I’m the one who made questions here…” answered Gaokashii.
“So you are the leader. Does that mean that you are against Kort and as you don’t want that any other kill him you killed Zandus to get in their group,” said Moswen.
“I don’t know what your trying to do but I’m going to kill you bastard…” said Gaokashii while leaving Vladamir fall to the ground.

Gaokashii ran toward Moswen who was with a malicious smile on his face. But before he could arrive at Moswen Leban stepped in front of Moswen who took some steps back. Suddenly Leban moved to one side and Gaokashii tried to hit Moswen’s ghost, as he wasn’t there. Moswen was falling from his jump and struck Gaokashii who just could fall on the ground. Immediately Gaokashii stood up and tried to attack Moswen who wasn’t there again. But this time other vampire stopped Gaokashii.

“So, you were working to Zandus?” asked the vampire.
“As I said before, I was working for him just to take him down,” answered Gaokashii.
“The same information you gave us,” said Moswen.

Gaokashii was so furious that he tried to attack Moswen again but this time others vampires jumped to stop him. They grabbed his hands and pushed him back.

“I’m in your team. They are lying. They just wanted to kill me that’s all. They even didn’t know Kort,” yelled Gaokashii to everyone there.
“So if he didn’t know Kort, why he was with Zandus?” asked one of the vampires.
“They were after me…” answered Gaokashii.
“Yeah, like everyone here,” said Vladamir and everyone laughed except for Gaokashii, of course.

“If you know something that could help us said it,” said other vampire. “That could be the difference between a fast death and a long one,” concluded the vampire looking at Vladamir.
“I’m not sure but I was trying to know who they were. They just jumped at us so I knew they were at something. Almost everything guided me to Santique,” said Vladamir.
“Who? You are just…” interrupted Gaokashii but he was shut up before he could finish it.

“Who?” asked the vampire.
“Santique. As I said before that was where I was on the investigation. So I hope the information help you. Can I go now?” asked Vladamir.
“You must be kidding. I don’t believe you,” said the vampire.

Leban did a little movement that only Moswen, who was near him, could saw. Even when that movement meant nothing Moswen almost could hear Leban voice, “took advantage of this”. So Moswen just murmured something and show a surprised face.

Everyone looked at Moswen when he murmured something and they saw his face.
“What?” asked Gaokashii very surprised but not about what he saw but about that everyone have faces like they believed that pathetic story.

“Tie his arms and legs also be sure to tie his mouth too,” ordered one of the vampires to the others that have him.
“O, great. I think that it’s just to be sure,” said Gaokashii.
“Be sure that not to kill him,” said the vampire.
“You heard him…” said Gaokashii while struggling with the vampires.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After some quiet time the interrogation began again. This time only one vampire was with Moswen and Leban the rest of them were just hearing or doing other things. Vladamir was still tied but at least they leave him sit on the ground.

“Did you know Kort?” asked the vampire.
“We heard of him but we don’t know him,” answered Moswen.
“Then what were you doing with Zandus?” asked the vampire very curious.
“We just needed some help to survive, so we fallowed them until we could continue our journey,” answered Moswen.
“So then, why you were with the humans?” asked the vampire.
“As I told you before, we are just trying to survive…” answered Moswen.
“But with the humans?” asked the vampire.
“Of course, they wouldn’t expect us to be with them,” answered Moswen.
“And who is Santique?” asked the vampire.
“He is the reason of our journey. We are trying to find him, he is our friend who just disappeared,” answered Moswen.
“I don’t trust you but as I don’t have anything against you neither against that Santique I will leave you stay with us until the sun leave us. Then you have to continue your journey,” said the vampire.
“Thanks,” said Moswen while moving with Leban to one corner to sleep a little.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Before the sun went out Moswen and Leban were waked up by some fight on the cave. They just moved to a side a little surprised. They saw Gaokashii very hurt on the ground.

“I helped you to find Zandus,” yelled Gaokashii.
“Yes and now it’s time to pay you,” said the vampire.
“I’m with you, I told you. Moswen is a liar…” said Gaokashii pointing to Moswen.
“He didn’t say anything about you,” said the vampire.
“Then, why are you attacking me?” asked Gaokashii.
“Because we hate traitors,” said the vampire while two more vampires were taking Gaokashii by his hands.

“He miss the sun, please pay our debt giving him the pleasure to see it one last time,” ordered the vampire.

The vampires moved the nearest they could to the entrance. There they have to fight a little more with Gaokashii but others vampires arrived to help them. Some moments later all of the vampires took Gaokashii and threw him to the forest.

There he yelled like a little pig he was, like a traitor. His flesh was cooking by the last rays of the sun. His flesh turned into ashes but not without giving him a real pain. Gaokashii yelled so hard that almost Moswen and Leban could feel that pain or at least they could imagine the pain that Gaokashii was having.

After that show everyone returned to the cave to wait the time to go out.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

When the time arrived, they all get out of the cave. But before Moswen and Leban could continue they got an advice from the vampires.

“Let’s hope we don’t cross again or you will have to go with your last helper,” said the vampire while turning around to continue his way.

Moswen and Leban heard something strange so they just ran a little and get up on the trees as fast as they could. They thought that the vampires were doing as they said but they couldn’t see anything. Immediately Moswen gave Leban a signal to move toward the vampires to be sure they weren’t trying anything.

They didn’t get to where they were but they could see them. The vampires were in a circle like trying to find something from above the trees. One of them was with Vladimir who was still tied on the ground.

Suddenly a shadow fell in the middle and took one of the vampires by his back and ran toward the trees again. But not without pushing some of the others vampires and throwing some knives to them.

“That Moswen it’s a traitor too…” said one of the vampires while they heard the vampire that the shadow took yelling.


Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 23, 2006 1:40 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok people new chapter is up. You have until Monday to discuss.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Tue Oct 24, 2006 4:40 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Moswen and Leban should save Vladimir from these vampires and/or find out who is this new mysterious vampire.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Oct 30, 2006 3:55 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up. It will be up until Friday. Next Chapter Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Nov 06, 2006 10:55 am    Post subject: Chapter 22: Secret Exposed Reply with quote

Chapter 22: Secret Exposed

Moswen looked at Leban who was very surprised of the shadow thing.

“It’s our opportunity,” said Moswen while moving toward the vampires.
“To do what?” asked Leban while following Moswen.
“We are going to help Vladamir, we could need him later…” answered Moswen
“Ok, then,” said Leban.

Moswen stopped before being in the sight of the vampires and made a signal to Leban. He pointed to upside of some trees and then gave a signal like saying go there. Leban moved very fast to where Moswen pointed. Moswen just get hid until Leban arrived to where Moswen need him.

Meanwhile the vampires were trying to find the shadow. The Leader gave them a signal and all the vampires moved near the trees so the trees where in their backs. They did it without leaving the circle formation they have.

The shadow reappeared from between the trees but this time it couldn’t get anyone of them. Instead of that they tried to follow it. It ran passing by the middle of the circle but instead of continue when it was out of the circle, it suddenly turned around to confront the vampires.

In that instant Moswen gave a signal to Leban who get down from the tree as fast as he could to ran toward Vladamir. As the vampires were entertained trying to fight the shadow none of them noticed it.

The shadow was very fast that in no moment it crossed from one side of the vampires to the other, once and once again without the vampires could stop it. It was confusing the vampires from one side to another while the vampires were throwing punches to nothing.

When Leban arrived at Vladamir he was sit down on the ground with a happy face.
“Are you ok?” asked Leban.
“Yes. Are you seeing that beast, it’s awesome…” answered Vladamir.
“Yes, but it’s our enemy too. So let’s move now,” said Leban almost ordering it.

Leban moved near Vladamir to cut the rope that he was supposed to have but Vladamir got up without anything. Immediately he looked at Leban and gave him a smile and then looked again to the fight. With a movement, like saying that he wanted to stay but have to go, he moved in the other direction of where Moswen was.

“We have to go to the other direction,” said Leban.
“You can go there but I don’t want to pass where that shadow is…”said Vladamir.

Before Leban could say anything they heard another yell of the one of the vampires and both looked at there. The shadow got one vampire and it was decapitating him with its own hands. Everyone was surprised and very worried. “Raaaaaannn,” yelled the vampire’s leader.

Before he could finish the word all the vampires were fleeing. In that moment Vladamir ran too and disappeared before Leban could follow him. As there were coming the vampires Leban just could hid and wait until everyone got out.

There Leban could saw how the shadow killed almost all the vampires that ran in his direction. It was a massacre. The vampires got no time to do anything while it was attacking them from behind with some kind of mini knife. It just hurt them enough so they couldn’t ran and when it couldn’t ran behind anymore to follow, it returned to finish t he job.

Without blinking it just blew their heads with a small sword that it have on his back. All the pieces of the vampires where on the ground in a lake of blood. Leban were there immobile waiting for the shadow to disappear.

Suddenly the shadow just ran to the other direction like if it was trying to find the others. Then Leban moved slowly until he was sure that the shadow was gone. When he was sure of it then he started to try to find Moswen.

While moving he heard a little sound from behind and before he could turn around he got two hands on his back, one on each shoulder.

“That was very close,” said Vladamir from behind Leban.
“You almost kill me scaring me like that,” said Leban while taking Vladamir hands out of him.
“I’m not sure but I think that some of them survive. Are we going to follow them?” asked Vladamir.
“I’m not sure. We have to find Moswen first,” answered Leban.
“But he was on the other side,” said Vladamir.
“Yeah I know. We just have to be very…” Leban couldn’t finish the sentence.

They heard something coming from behind them and without thinking they just got hid. Some moments later two vampires passed them. They were injured but not enough to stop them. They were talking about return home to give the new information to their leader.

“Ok, we are going to follow them,” ordered Vladamir.
“No, we need to find Moswen…” said Leban.
“Ok, then you go and find Moswen while I follow them. And thanks for your help…” said Vladamir while following them.

Leban didn’t know what to do now but he stayed and started to try to find Moswen. While trying to find him he saw some others vampires that were hid so he decided to wait to see what are they going to do. But he didn’t wait so long because the shadow reappeared and attacked them all.

In some moments the vampires were just part of the environment. The shadow looked very cautiously to all the sides and then started to walk. Leban waited some moments before following him. After being behind him he heard a whistle, like a bird but this one isn’t coming from one.

Leban just stopped and started to look at the trees. After a moment looking at the trees he saw how something was coming from one of them. He got prepared just in case it was another enemy.

“Are you going to attack me?” asked Moswen from the distant.
“Moswen, what you were doing there?” asked Leban.
“I was following the shadow like you. But you were too near it. Where is Vladamir?” asked Moswen a little worried.
“He decided to follow the vampires that survived,” answered Leban.
“It’s ok. We will have to follow the shadow to see where it’s going…” concluded Moswen while starting to walk again.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After a long way the shadow entered to some abandoned village. Moswen and Leban just stayed outside where the shadow couldn’t see them. There they waited.

“Catch them,” ordered someone from behind them.

Leban and Moswen knew that they were humans as they could smell their blood form their injuries. They just turned around waiting to see who they were.

“O, it’s you…” yelled one of them.
“After we got out of that devastating attack we moved here,” said other human.
“So here we are, finally we found you,” said Moswen trying to hid their real intentions.
“It’s ok, they are part of us,” said one of the humans to other one.

“How much of you are here?” asked Leban.
“No more than twenty,” answered one of the humans while guided them to the village.
“So few,” said Leban.
“Yes, even the group that was investigating the vampires got hit very hard. Now we are all that left to stop the vampires,” said the human.

The human guided them to one room inside a building. The room has its windows closed with wood on them. It was also very dark inside it and there were nothing on it. Leban and Moswen entered on it while the human told them to wait there until he return with some food and medications.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

After some time the human arrived with others humans but just with some water. They all waited on the door except the one who brought them in the room.

“Sorry I just found some water,” said the human offering the water in a glass.

The human extended his hand with the glass. Leban and Moswen looked at each other as they knew that something was wrong. Moswen extended his hand to take the glass. In that moment the human made a rude movement that made some water got out of the glass. Part of this water fell on Moswen hands and it burned his hands.

When all the humans saw the smoke that came from him they took out their weapons.

“As I told you. I saw them they are vampires…” said one of the humans.

They two looked at him and recognized him. The survivor that saw them fighting as vampire.

“They were the ones who told the vampires where we were,” said other human.
“Let’s kill them,” said other one.
“I got a better idea,” said someone from behind all the humans. “Let’s just leave them here and in the morning let’s get them to take a walk…” concluded the human.

Everyone moved slowly outside the room.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Nov 06, 2006 10:57 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

What should Moswen do now?

Ideas and discusion until Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Nov 06, 2006 12:47 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Simple - kill the humans first.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
JezSharp
Respected Citizen



Joined: 18 Jul 2006

Posts: 592
Location: The middle of anywhere...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Nov 06, 2006 3:29 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Flee, they have to go now whilst darkness drifts and covers them before the glaring sunlight burns them up.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Yahoo Messenger
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Wed Nov 08, 2006 4:09 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I agree with lordofthenight...kill them, kill all the humans Mad
But do not waste good food, feed on some of them now and save some of them for later. If they do not help Moswen and Leban they serve better as food Mad
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Nov 13, 2006 1:14 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up. You have until Friday to vote.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Nov 14, 2006 6:00 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Not completely caught up with the story yet...a lot has happened in my absence Shocked

But I am in favor of mass slaughter. Kill them all.

_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Nov 14, 2006 3:12 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I'm very happy to see you around. Off Topic Sorry!
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Chinaren
Hallowed IFian



Joined: 05 Sep 2005

Posts: 8878
Location: https://www.NeilHartleyBooks.com

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Nov 14, 2006 4:45 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Sorry, missed the comments. However, I say it is time to feed. Kill them! Kill them all! Mwahahaha! Laughing

Oooh! A Flauna! I saw a Flauna! Someone told me they were extinct.
_________________
Neil Hartley Books.
My Amazon page.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Nov 20, 2006 12:37 pm    Post subject: Chapter 23: The hunt - Part I: The search Reply with quote

Chapter 23: The hunt
Part I: The search

After the humans exited the room Leban stared at Moswen who was like thinking.

“We have to get out,” said Leban
“I know,” interrupted Moswen.
“Did you remember what happened to the last vampire who we see in the sun?” asked Leban worried.
“No I didn’t. But how we are going to get out?” asked Moswen thinking.
“Ok, here is an idea. We take them all down and then we stayed here until we got a new plan,” answered Leban.
“What if the smell bring us others vampires,” said Moswen.
“I don’t think that others vampires will come before dawn and if they do then they must be near with a better hide than this,” said Leban.
“You just want to kill the humans,” said Moswen looking at the eyes of Leban.
“I want to kill them all. And?” asked Leban with a smile on his face.
“We have no options,” said Moswen no so happy.

Immediately Leban started to kick the door yelling. Moswen moved back looking at the door and waiting for it to be opened. After some minutes Moswen have to sit on the floor waiting for Leban to take down the door.

“Don’t worry, take your time,” said ironically Moswen to Leban.
“Yeah right…” said Leban while stopping trying. “Do you have a better idea?” asked Leban a little irritated.
“No, you can continue kicking it,” answered Moswen with a smile on his face.

Leban murmured something and started again to kick, punch and hit it. He got so mad that he transformed his face and started to jump toward the door. He even started to tear the door while Moswen were waiting.

“They blocked it with something,” concluded Leban.
“Then we have to wait…” said Moswen looking at Leban.

Leban was very mad and he just looked at Moswen. Suddenly he started to run toward one of the windows. He jumped and broke it with all the wooden it has. But he got stuck on it. Moswen started to laugh while Leban continued mad and stuck.

He started to broken it with his bare hands getting some edge on his hands but that didn’t stop him. While he was concentrated on it Moswen moved backward like trying to find some space. Suddenly he ran toward the windows were Leban was.

"CRASHTRUSHSSHTRACK!!!"

“AAAAAAAHHHH,” yelled Leban while going out the windows expulsed by the body of Moswen.
In no moment Leban get up fast and started to search for the humans on the village. Moswen get up and follow him but more slowly. They searched the entire village but didn’t find them. Suddenly Moswen stopped Leban.

They were near a house and Moswen was looking at it. He pointed his nose and Leban tried to smell what it was. Blood, now Leban could smell it too. It didn’t appear to be much but enough to be smelled by a vampire.

They moved slowly toward the house. Leban opened the door and started to search in the house while Moswen was at the door. But Leban didn’t find them. Immediately Moswen entered the house and started to smell. Leban followed him.

Moswen have to move some furniture on the house but at least they found it. On the floor was some strange door. Moswen opened it while Leban jumped inside. Then Moswen followed Leban.

It was like a cave with no other entrance nor exit that the one by where they entered. It was a small cave with two torches inside. There they just found two men on the ground trembling by fear.

Without thinking Leban attacked one of them throwing him against the wall. There he kicked and punched the man. Then he started to feed from him. Meanwhile Moswen walked toward the other one. Without a word Moswen attacked the man. He pushed him toward the wall while biting him on the neck. After some moments the two men were dead and Moswen and Leban were satisfied.

“What now? Should we try to find the others humans?” asked Leban.
“I’m not sure. Maybe it’s better if we waited here until dawn passes,” answered Moswen.
“But we still have time,” said Leban.
“Anyway we will have to find Vladamir. Maybe its better to wait and then search for him,” said Moswen.
“I don’t think so,” said Leban.


Last edited by jnmrcs on Mon Dec 04, 2006 6:12 am; edited 2 times in total
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Nov 20, 2006 12:39 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the first part of this chapter is up. Discussion until Thursday then vote until Saturday. Next Chapter Monday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Nov 26, 2006 5:24 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I will give another week as no one answered and I suppose it was because the thanksgiving days. So it will be until this thursday.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Nov 26, 2006 8:47 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Hide in the cave, and keep watch incase someone comes.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Mon Nov 27, 2006 4:13 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

lordofthenight wrote:
Hide in the cave, and keep watch incase someone comes.


Ditto Smile
Back to top
Author
Guest









Items

PostPosted: Tue Nov 28, 2006 6:12 pm    Post subject: Re: Chapter 23: The hunt - Part I: The search Reply with quote

Quote:
“We have to get out,” said Leban
“I know,” interrupted Moswen.
“Did you remember what happened to the last vampire who we see in the sun?” asked Leban worried.
“No I didn’t. But how we are going to get out?” asked Moswen thinking.
“Ok, here is an idea. We take them all down and then we stayed here until we got a new plan,” answered Leban.
“What if the smell bring us others vampires,” said Moswen.
“I don’t think that others vampires will come before dawn and if they do then they must be near with a better hide than this,” said Leban.
“You just want to kill the humans,” said Moswen looking at the eyes of Leban.
“I want to kill them all. And?” asked Leban with a smile on his face.
“We have no options,” said Moswen no so happy.


Seems really edgy to me for some reason, space it also, it would flow easier, but thats just my opinion, its your story.


Quote:
“Don’t worry, take your time,” said ironically Moswen to Leban.
“Yeah right…” said Leban while stopping trying. “Do you have a better idea?” asked Leban a little irritated.
“No, you can continue kicking it,” answered Moswen with a smile on his face.


lol

Quote:
He got so mad that he transformed his face


??? Expand on this. How did he transform his face and into what?

Quote:
Moswen started to laugh while Leban continued mad and stuck.


You should reword this.

Quote:
CRASHTRUSHSSHTRACK


You should put it like this, "CRASHTRUSHSHTRACK!!!"

Quote:
Moswen get up and follow him but more slowly.


Quote:
They moved slowly toward the house. Leban opened the door and started to search in the house while Moswen were at the door.


was, lol, picky aren't I? Sorry I'm just bored.

Quote:
On the floor was some strange door.


*blasts hip-hop beat in background* YAY-YAAAY!!!

Okay, I didn't actually pick it aprt but you get it. Good DP here and I think they should find more humans to build up there stength and while doing so, find some weapons and armor.
Back to top
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Nov 28, 2006 6:21 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I hate humans, go for survival and come back for them later.
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Guest









Items

PostPosted: Tue Nov 28, 2006 9:01 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

^^^^

What he said.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Fri Dec 01, 2006 1:55 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok the poll is up. You have until I start to write (sunday)
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sun Dec 03, 2006 5:47 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

WOO! First vote!

No seriously, I hate humans! Can't we just kill them all?
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
ethereal_fauna
Perpetually Distracted



Joined: 16 Feb 2005

Posts: 2567
Location: USA

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 04, 2006 6:16 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

chinaren wrote:
Oooh! A Flauna! I saw a Flauna! Someone told me they were extinct.


Not extinct, just hibernating.
_________________
The maker of a sentence launches out into the infinite and builds a road into Chaos and old Night, and is followed by those who hear him with something of wild, creative delight. ~Ralph Waldo Emerson
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Visit poster's website
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 04, 2006 2:53 pm    Post subject: Chapter 23: The Hunt - Part II: The Human Trap Reply with quote

Chapter 23: The Hunt
Part II: The Human Trap

“We have to move” said Leban.
“Why?” Moswen asked surprised.
“It will be better to find a place for us. If we stay here and the humans returns and see us here they will have advantage over us because it will day” answered Leban even more surprised of his great idea.
“You are right. Let’s move to find a place where we can stay until night. Then we can return to search for Vladamir” said Moswen.
“Or the humans” added Leban with a smile on his face.

Then they looked around like trying to find a way to start searching. After a moment of searching with their eyes they looked at each other like waiting for the other to start. Suddenly Moswen started to walk. After making a gesture like saying whatever, Leban followed him in silence.

They moved fast but being very carefully. They walked looking at all around them. they didn’t think that they will find someone or something like that but they were more worried about the shadow that were suppose to be on the village where they saw it entering.

“where are going?’ asked Leban with curiosity.
“Do you remember the last cave where we were?” asked Moswen.
“Yes. Where we saw how a vampire got cooked” answered Leban.
“We are going there. I don’t think that the humans know about it” said Moswen while walking.
“But what about the other vampires?” asked Leban worried.
“Don’t worry about them. They were walking out of the cave the last time we saw them. I don’t think that they will return to it” answered Moswen.
“Yes but remember that they think that we betrayed them. They could try to find us too” said Leban.
“We have enemies in all directions so don’t worry about that. Let’s be very careful and continue our way to the cave. For now we have not other options or the sun will take car of us” said Moswen.

They continued their way to the cave alert. They looked at everything they thought could be strange. From time to time they also looked behind them just in case that someone was following them. At each sound they hear they both looked immediately and exanimate what was happening on that direction.

After a time they arrived to the location of the cave. Even when they didn’t walk too much they were exhaust because they were looking at all time to all directions in all the way. They were stressed and nervous as their lives could be in danger. They have little time before dawn but they needed to be sure that they will be protected there. So they separated to cover more land in less time.

They checked the surroundings areas to be sure that there was no one. They checked from above on trees and also checked the ground looking at it to see if it was moved and also moving it to be sure that no one was hiding there. After some time checking they decided to enter before dawn, even when they weren’t so sure about it. But they didn’t have more time.

They entered walking slowly and trying to hear if inside the cave was someone. They could hear some humming but it could be caused because they moved from the open forest to a close cave. They continued moving.

The entire path to the inside of the cave was dark. Before entering the lair they decided to wait a little more so their eyes were more customary to the dark and they could see. But before they started to enter to the lair they heard something from their back. Immediately they both moved to the sides of the path so no one will noticed them. There waited in that position for sometime but no one entered to the cave.

They moved form the sides of the cave and looked at each other with expression of relax, like if it was their ears what make sound making jokes to them. Then they turned around to continue their way to the lair.

Suddenly something crash with them making them fell to the ground. Whatever it was it continued to the lair in silence but breathing very fast. Immediately Moswen and Leban moved to the sides of the caves again but without getting up from the ground. After a moment of silence they heard someone murmuring something. From where they were they couldn’t understand what it was saying.

“Watch out, there are someone on the way to the lair” yelled someone from the lair.

In no moment Moswen and Leban heard someone coming from the outside of the cave. After the ones form the inside yelled to it, it stopped and did some strange sounds. After a moment it ignited something to make like a torch to illuminate the way. In no time it could see Moswen and Leban on the ground. But the ones from the lair could see them too.


It was a male with dirty clothes. He was as tall as Moswen but looked thinner than him. “Go inside” he said like ordering it.

Leban looked at Moswen waiting to know what he will do. Moswen looked at Leban and then to the man with the torch. Then he waked up and Leban did the same. The man with the torch made a movement with his hand like saying to them to turn around and continue to the lair. Again Leban looked at Moswen and did as Moswen did.

They turned around and entered to the lair where a table was. There they waited until the man that was behind them entered.

“Who are you and what are you doing?” asked the man.

Leban looked at Moswen who was looking at the man. But no one of them answered. The man looked at each one of them and tried to scare them making mad looking and making some movements. But it didn’t work.

“They are food” yelled someone while jumping toward them. He tried to attack Leban but Leban moved fast. When the one who jumped arrive Leban moved some steps forward and turned around. In not time they were face to face and both of them were with their vampire faces.

“I don’t think so” said Leban while smiling at the one who tried to attack him.
“So you two are vampires too” said someone from the lair.

He walked toward them. When he was in front of them he looked at them. With a signal with his hand the vampire that tried to attack Leban moved backward.

“What are you doing here?” asked the one who appeared to be their leader.
“We are just hiding” answered Moswen.
“From the humans?” asked the one who appeared to be their leader.
“No. we are hiding from the sun” answered Moswen with a confused face.
“Then you are friend of the humans?” asked the one who appeared to be their leader.
“No are not” answered Moswen more confused.
“Then, why are the humans coming on this direction?” asked the one who appeared to be their leader.

Moswen and Leban looked at each other with surprised faces. Then they looked at the one who appeared to be the leader.

“We don’t know” said Moswen.
“They are just trouble” said someone that was hid in the dark.
“Why did you say that?” asked the one who appeared to be their leader.
“Because they weren’t suppose to be here. They are traitors. They were with the humans and they are helping them to hunt us” answered the one that was hid on the dark.
“Don’t worry we can with the humans” said a family voice from the dark.

“Who are you?” asked Moswen.
“I’m their leader and the one who made questions here” answered with authority the familiar voice.
“Are you with us or against us?” asked the familiar voice.
“I know the answer. Let’s just kill them” interrupted the vampire that told them traitors from the dark.

He then walked toward them revealing his face. It was the same vampire that told them to not cross with him again. It was the same vampire that was attacked by the shadow thing while Moswen released Vladamir from them. He then looked at Moswen and at Leban. Then he smiled to them.


“I think that you will have to answer some good questions here if the time helps us. But first we will see who you really are” said the vampire very happy.
“Are you with the humans or not? Are you traitors or not? What are you doing here? What were you doing with Zandus? And, are you friend r enemy of Kort?” asked the leader from the dark.

Moswen and Leban looked at each other very worried. Moswen didn’t know what to answer to them. “Are they friend of Kort? What they have against Zandus? Should I repeat the last lie that I told here to the same vampire? Are they going to attack us?” were thinking Moswen while looking at Leban. Then Moswen looked at the dark area from which was coming the familiar voice.

But before he could say something they all heard something from the outside. The sound was like if someone were hitting the entrance to the cave. With a small movement from the vampire that told them traitor the other vampire moved toward the entrance of the cave. In no time he returned with his face more dead than usual.

“The humans are in the entrance of the cave. They know that here are vampires as they are making something like a camp out there. I couldn’t see more but they will attack us” said the vampire.
“Don’t worry. We still have time to know our guests. Then we will take care of them” said the leader.


Note: Atama Gaokashii and Vladamir von Streliche were created by lordofthenight. The descriptions and their personalities are from him too, as he described before.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 04, 2006 2:58 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The last part of the chapter 23 is up. You have until Monday to discuss.


Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Wed Dec 06, 2006 9:11 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

They have no other choice than prepare for an attack. In case there is imminent danger they could use another vampire or human as a shield.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 11, 2006 5:26 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The poll is up. You have until Thursday to vote.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 11, 2006 5:52 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

FIGHT!!!!!!!!!
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Dec 12, 2006 5:04 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok. In the poll I was talking about what Moswen and Leban should do with the vampires and not with the humans. I didn't notice that this could confuse you people. So if you were talking about the humans instead of the vampires, please write a message here and I will take your vote for that. Sorry for the problems.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Dec 12, 2006 5:38 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Still the same...FIGHT!!!!!
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Thu Dec 14, 2006 6:07 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I don't know if I'm already late but anyway...I meant fight the humans... and to add to this... use other vampires as a shield to protect yourself Very Happy
Back to top
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 14, 2006 3:20 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

BLOOD!

And yes, I know, that's kind of redundant, but that's the great thing about jnmrcs storys. No excessive plot. No confusing names. Just pure violence.

BLOOD!
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 18, 2006 7:30 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Chapter 24: Choosing to whom hunt

“We have some questions for you,” said the leader from the dark.
“Answer them now,” ordered the vampire that called them traitors before.

Moswen and Leban looked at each other. Leban did a movement like asking to Moswen what to do now. Moswen then just looked at the vampires. They didn’t know how much vampires were hiding on the dark areas but Moswen didn’t want to answer. What if they were friends of Kort and Moswen tell them that he is trying to hunt him or if he said that they were friends and the vampires were hunting Kort.

Moswen will not try to guess what to answer. Instead he got prepared to fight them. He looked at Leban and with a small movement of his eyes he showed Leban to whom he wanted him to attack. Then Moswen looked at the vampires again but without answering their questions.

“We don’t have so much time,” said the vampire that called them traitors. “The humans are outside and they are here because of you. So we are going to end this faster than you think,” concluded the vampire giving a signal to other two vampires.

But before they could move, Moswen attacked the vampire that called them traitors. He jumped low to hit him on the stomach. With that he made him fall to the ground. In no moment Leban attacked the other twos before they could know what was happening. He jumped and fell on them.

Moswen immediately broke the neck of his enemy and separated his head from his body. Then he ran toward Leban to help him. But before he arrived Leban was fighting with one of them with his hands while he was upside the other stopping him to get up with his legs. Then Moswen took the one that was still on the ground while Leban continued fighting the other one.

Even when on the dark areas were more vampires no one got in the fight. Leban and Moswen didn’t know how much they were but they fought the first three with all their energy. When they finished them they got prepared in no time to whatever came from the dark area. But for their surprise the next attack came from the entrance of the cave.

The humans entered in the cave and started attacking to everyone. They were a lot of humans inside the cave trying to fight. Moswen and Leban stayed in the middle fighting the humans that attacked them. Suddenly one of the humans entered with a torch to the cave. He illuminated the cave then Moswen could almost count the vampires. They weren’t so much as he thought at first; no more than six more vampires were hid on the dark areas.

The humans hit very hard to the vampires pushing them back. Even when the vampires were stronger the humans were too much to control them. Leban and Moswen moved backward trying to get cover. Then the human ignited the table illuminating the entire cave.

“We have to fight them,” yelled a vampire.
“We are all vampires let’s fight the humans,” yelled other vampire.
“Can we trust them?” asked almost murmuring Leban to Moswen.
“We can’t but it’s better to kill some enemies first and then see what happen,” answered Moswen almost murmuring too.
“Let’s fight them,” yelled Moswen as answer to the vampires.

In no time the cave were full of humans. The first ones were almost without any weapon but while the time passed the humans were entering with more weapons; arrows, fire, swords and even knifes. The wall of the cave got covered with blood and the ground with human flesh.

The vampires were controlling the situation until someone arrived. When he entered in the cave the humans stopped fighting and got reorganized. They reunited in one big group. Then he ordered to some humans to attack in the middle of the vampires group. Leban and Moswen just moved to the same group without defending or attacking.

Then he ordered to a bigger group to attack too in the same site. After some time they divided the vampire group in two. Then the leader ordered to all the humans to attack one of the groups. It didn’t take so much time to kill the vampires in that group but he lost almost all his humans. When they finished them they moved all to one side in the cave while the rest of the vampires where in the other side.

“They aren’t so much now,” said one of the vampires.
“You are all dead,” said the human.
“We are more powerful than your stupid group,” said the vampire.
“Maybe but you are so few now,” said the human.

Then Moswen and Leban looked at each other. Leban moved his head to count the vampires but before ending he returned his sight surprised toward Moswen.

“We couldn’t be so few,” said Moswen worried.
“We are just three,” murmured Leban.
“They aren’t so much. They can’t be more than twenty and we can with them,” murmured Moswen trying to give some confident to Leban.
“But that isn’t the problem,” murmured Leban worried.
“Then what is it?” asked Moswen murmuring.

Suddenly the vampire that was behind Leban and Moswen moved toward them. He walked between Moswen and Leban opening his way out with his hands. When he passed through them he looked at Moswen. In that instant Moswen recognized him.
It was Kort

Then he stopped in front of the humans.

“You can fight us but you can’t win,” said Kort seriously.
“We can and we will,” said the human with a smile on his face.
“Not even in your dreams,” said Kort with a smile on his face too.
“You are not looking at your opponent,” said the human while moving his hand toward the entrance like asking to someone to enter.

Then someone entered in the cave. It was wearing a black coat that even covers its face. It entered and stopped waiting for its instructions. Moswen recognized the creature; it was the shadow that they were following. Immediately Moswen looked at Leban very surprised and then looked again at it.

“What. Another human?” said Kort laughing.

“Are you with me or with these mere humans?” asked Kort to Moswen without moving his sight from the one that arrived.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 18, 2006 7:32 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

The chapter is up. You have until next Monday to give ideas in what should do (or say) Moswen.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Sun Dec 24, 2006 8:26 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

The issue here is survival and Moswen knows what this creature is capable of, so even against his best wishes he should help Kort fight this creature, if Kort is capable of killing it Moswen can deal with Kort later....like some people say….keep your friends close and your enemies CLOSER Very Happy
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Dec 25, 2006 6:48 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

As we are in holidays I will give more days for options. If no one add then that will be but if someone else add something then we will have a poll. Merry Christmas !
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Tue Dec 26, 2006 12:44 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Go for the guy on the right!

I'll takr the one on the left.
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Dec 27, 2006 11:24 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Masterweaver wrote:
Go for the guy on the right!

I'll takr the one on the left.


Off Topic

I will take bluzaphire's idea as no one replied anything else about the story. Monday next chapter will be up.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Wed Dec 27, 2006 11:44 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

I replied! Sheesh.
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Thu Dec 28, 2006 8:26 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Masterweaver wrote:
I replied! Sheesh.


Did you read the story? Are you on the story? Did you understand which was suppose to be an idea or at least an answer? Did you...?
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Sat Dec 30, 2006 7:08 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

I meant that the vampires each attack an individual.
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 01, 2007 5:50 am    Post subject: Chapter 25: Killing them all Reply with quote

Chapter 25: Killing them all

“A hard decision,” thought Moswen.
“We have no choice,” whispered Leban while transforming his face.
“We are with you,” said Moswen.

Immediately Kort jumped toward the new one. Leban and Moswen looked at each other with surprise but then Moswen gave a signal to Leban. Moswen pointed to where the humans were. Leban smiled to Moswen and then started to attack the humans. Moswen moved behind him.

There were almost twenty humans with swords, cross and some crossbows. Leban attacked in the middle of the group with his bare hands. He first pushed them against the wall and then he throw punches to them. He hit some of them but the idea was to separate them in two groups.

Then Moswen attacked in the middle of the group of the right. With that move they got less than five humans in the middle between them. In no time they killed them as fast as they could. After finish them they moved with their backs between them, looking at the two groups that still.

Kort was fighting the shadow with his hands. As he though it was a human he got very surprised when the shadow stroke back with its hands too. He was even more surprised when he leave it hit him as he though it wouldn’t hit hard. But the hit moved Kort and he felt it hard enough to make him change his opinion about the shadow.

“A traitor,” murmured Kort.
“Mmm,” it said.
“It doesn’t matter, I can with you,” said Kort while jumping.

When Kort fall he tried to hit it. But it moved fast. Even with that Kort continued attacking it.

Meanwhile Moswen moved to attack the smallest group. In that group were almost five humans and it was very easy for Moswen to take them. While he was killing them Leban was continue the fight with the other group. But more than fighting them he was making time so Moswen could finish the small group and then come to help with this group.

Before Moswen could finish the last one, his victim asked for mercy but Moswen just smiled at him.

“Help us,” yelled the human while Moswen broke his neck.

Immediately the shadow looked at where was the human, now just another corpse on the ground. Suddenly it tried to jump but as it wasn’t looking at Kort he hit it so hard that it fall to the ground. Moswen noted that the shadow almost attacked him because they were killing the humans.

“We have to hurry,” said Moswen to Leban pointing to the shadow that was looking at them.
“They aren’t so much. I killed others while you were playing with that one,” said Leban giving a smile to Moswen.
“Moved,” ordered Moswen seriously.

Then they both attacked the humans that were left. But the humans this time tried to flee instead of defend themselves.

“Don’t let them go away,” ordered Moswen pointing to the entrance of the cave.

Leban immediately jumped toward the entrance of the cave to block it. When he arrived at the entrance the shadow moved toward him. The shadow got up and evading Kort attacks it moved toward Leban very fast. Then without any warning Leban attacked the shadow hitting it so hard that it fall again to the ground. Then the shadow looked at Leban but before it could get up Kort fall upside it hitting it with his foot, knees and later with his punch.

Meanwhile Moswen was killing all the humans, one by one. Before the shadow could get up Moswen finished all the humans that were in the cave. Then he looked at Leban and made a signal to him to help Kort. While Leban arrived to help Kort the shadow used its feet to surprise Kort from behind. With its feet the shadow took Kort from down of Kort’s shoulders and throw him against the wall, making Kort crash his head against the wall. Immediately the shadow got up and looked at Moswen who was running toward it. Then the shadow searched the cave trying to find where was Leban but he was in the air falling in the shadow’s head.

With a great hit from both of his hands, Leban throw the shadow to the ground. Suddenly arrived Moswen who just punched the shadow with all his force.

“Wait,” yelled Leban to Moswen.
“What?” asked Moswen but without leaving the shadow without his great hits.
“It’s better to kill the shadow or Kort?” asked Leban pointing to Kort.

Moswen leave the shadow to look at Leban. Then he followed Leban’s finger with his sight. He finished on Kort who was apparently knocked out by the great hit he received from the wall when the shadow throw him. Moswen stared at Kort without knowing what to do.

“We got no time. Give me the order and while you finish the shadow I will finish him,” said Leban.

But for Moswen was something more. He wanted to finish Kort by himself. He wanted some revenge for what he was now, even when Kort didn’t know who did it or why. He just wanted to feel the pleasure of revenge.

“No way,” yelled Moswen with a very bad looking on his eyes. “Kort is mine,” said Moswen while jumping toward what he was.
“No problem,” said Leban while walking trying to not make any sound. “But I will get bored here so I will find some entertainment,” concluded Leban while starting to punch the shadow.
“Yeah, whatever,” said Moswen without looking.

Then Moswen started to punch Kort. First in the face and when the face was full of blood that he couldn’t recognize what it was, he started to punch on the stomach. Suddenly Kort woke up but he only could open his eyes as Moswen was hitting him. He couldn’t move because his entire body was hurting.

“What are you doing?” asked Kort surprised.
“It didn’t matter if you know me or not. I’m going to kill you,” said Moswen while breaking one arm of Kort.

But Kort didn’t yell. He just tried to jump backward to avoid more punishment from Moswen. Kort found the wall at his back so he has to move forward and so he did. With his head he crashed Moswen’s head making some space between them. Immediately he moved backward again but this time to have some impulse. Then he turned around completely and started to run toward Moswen with his good arm stretched. When Kort arrived at Moswen he stroke Moswen with the arm on the neck.

Moswen fall to the ground and in no time Kort was upside him making the same thing that Moswen did to him. When Leban noticed it he stopped the attack against the shadow looking at Kort. Then he ran toward him but when he arrived Kort was waiting for him.

“I think that it’s better if we finish first the shadow” said Kort.
“I’m not so sure,” said Leban looking at Kort’s eyes.
“You have to be kidding. You can’t with both of us,” said Kort pointing to the shadow.
“Maybe but now it’s just you…” said Leban
“Are you sure?” asked Kort still pointing to the shadow.

Then Leban looked at the shadow that was getting up with some problems.

“And I’m sure it was some revenge because of what you did,” said Kort with a smile on his face.

“What should I do now? If I don’t attack Kort he could kill Moswen and if I attack him the shadow could try to attack me. But the shadow didn’t look like if it has energy now…” though Leban while looking at the shadow and then to Kort.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 01, 2007 5:51 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, chapter 25 is up. What should Leban do now?
discusion until Monday...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
Masterweaver
Honored Citizen



Joined: 21 Nov 2006

Posts: 1463
Location: Look around

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 01, 2007 8:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Obviously attack the shadow!
_________________
Sarothen, Mesoli, Gerastro
/\___/\
(0)-_-(0)
| |
\//\\/ ?
| \ |
| ||| \ /
|,||| ,|| \/
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Thu Jan 04, 2007 4:12 pm    Post subject: Reply with quote

Leban has to convince Kort to help him kill the shadow so he can give Moswen some time to get back on his feet to fight Kort.
Back to top
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 08, 2007 9:51 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, the poll is up. You have until Friday to vote.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 15, 2007 6:51 am    Post subject: Chapter 26: Taking care of what was left Reply with quote

Chapter 26: Taking care of what was left

Leban was looking at the shadow while talking to Kort. “I can’t with him alone…” he said like asking for help.
“You are a vampire… do something,” said Kort while still upside Moswen.
“You know even you could with him alone. We have to fight him as a team,” said Leban walking toward the shadow.

Kort stopped punching Moswen and got up his head to look at the shadow. It was trying to get up while Leban was still walking toward it. For some reason, that Kort didn’t know, Leban was walking too slowly. But that didn’t disturb Kort at all. He just looked at Leban and gave him a smile.

“I got something more important to do,” said Kort while turning his head down again.

Leban just looked at him and continued his way toward the shadow. But before Leban could arrive the shadow was up. It just looked at Leban and Leban couldn’t move. It was more by the nervous because he saw what the shadow was capable of doing.

Leban could hear Kort punching Moswen. He was still very worried about that but if he turned to help him he could be the one in problems. So, Leban tried to look at Kort and Moswen without loosing of perspective at the shadow. The shadow didn’t move but look at where Leban was looking.

Immediately Leban looked again at the shadow. It was still looking at Kort.

“He is punching my friend,” said Leban.
The shadow just looked at Leban.
“I will have to help him. As I said he is my friend,” said Leban while getting down his guard.

The shadow was still looking at Leban. Suddenly Leban jumped and then turned around in the air. He fell near Kort and hit him with his knee. Kort fell from upside Moswen and while he was getting up Leban moved near Moswen.

“So, are you going to defeat me?” asked Kort madly.
“I can’t defeat you. But I’m not alone…” answered Leban while helping Moswen to get up.
“He is almost dead…” said Kort with a smile.
“At least I have someone in my side. You have to look to see and you will notice that are alone,” said Leban while getting side with Moswen.

“Where is…” said Kort, but he stopped because he saw it.

The shadow was coming toward them. It looked now with enough strength to fight again. Leban moved toward the wall with Moswen. They looked at Kort and at the shadow while they were looking to them and between them.

“Good luck,” said Leban while trying to get out of them.

But Kort attacked Leban. He ran toward Leban who got prepared to when Kort arrive. But Kort was too fast and almost hit him if it wasn’t for Moswen who pushed Leban. Kort ended in the middle of them and both of them tried to hit him but they failed. Suddenly the shadow jumped falling where was Kort who moved backward. The shadow was so fast that it pushed Moswen and hit Leban almost at the same time.

Then the shadow went toward Kort but for its surprise Kort was waiting it and hit it so hard that Kort felt it on his hand. The shadow didn’t fall but was moved and hurt. Immediately Kort jumped and kicked it making it fell. Once on the ground Kort started to punch it with all his force. After a moment Kort got up his head to search for Moswen and Leban, but they weren’t inside. While Kort was fighting they decided to get out with their lives.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Outside they were trying to decide what to do.

“I can’t miss this great opportunity,” said Moswen.
“You are hurt Moswen. We have to go. We can find him later,” said Leban.
“Maybe…” said Moswen not happy.
“Remember that the shadow is inside. It’s dangerous,” said Leban.
“It doesn’t matter. They both are our enemies, at least that is what they let me know,” said Moswen.
“What are you thinking?” asked Leban.
“Inside are two enemies. We can take at least one of them,” answered Moswen.
“Let me guess. Kort,” said Leban with a smile.
“I can’t alone, so,” said Moswen.
“I’m in,” interrupted Leban.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Meanwhile inside were Kort hitting at the shadow. Suddenly he stopped and looked at it.

“So, what are you supposed to be?” asked Kort while removing the cover that it have on its face.
“A woman,” said surprised Kort. “This is going to be very funny,” concluded Kort.

Something hit Kort in the head making him fall. He tried to get up to see what it was but he started to receive lots of hits. He pushed Leban that was upside him. Then he threw him toward a wall and there he started to hit him. Something hit him again from his back. Kort tried to get off but he couldn’t. So he decided to get down and throw a kick. With that he made Moswen fell but not without giving a hard hit with a rock to Leban, because Kort moved.

Then Kort started to hit Moswen on the ground.

“I’m the winner,” yelled Kort with a smile on his face while hitting Moswen.

Suddenly something grabbed Kort by his neck and got him up. In that instant Moswen moved to a side and tried to get up but he couldn’t. For when he got up the shadow was trying to asphyxiate Kort but he was moving so much that the shadow was having problems to kept him up. Then Moswen took a rock and with it started to hit Kort at the head. Kort continued moving until he could get out of the shadow’s hands.

Kort fell to the ground and got up very fast. He turned around to attack the shadow but Moswen knocked him. Moswen hit him with a rock using both hands. Once Kort was in the ground Moswen broke his neck with the strength that he has left.

He looked up to see the shadow. She was looking at him and to Kort. Then she looked at Moswen to the eyes and got prepared to fight. In that moment Leban was waking up, so she took an attack position to where she could defend from both of them. But Leban and Moswen didn’t do as she. They looked at each other and then they looked at her.

“We just want to leave…” said Moswen.

Leban and Moswen moved slowly toward the exit. Then they leave her alone inside.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

“We could take her out there,” said Moswen.
“I can’t fight,” said Leban with a smile on his face.
“Me neither,” said Moswen
“Maybe she neither…” said Leban laughing.
“Yeah, but I didn’t want to stay to check it,” said Moswen.
“What was she? I mean, she wasn’t a vampire then, what was she?” asked Leban worried.
“I don’t know. I just hope that our paths didn’t cross again,” answered Moswen.

“What now?” he asked with preoccupation.
“Life continues, or in our case undead live…” concluded Moswen.
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
jnmrcs
Builder



Joined: 30 Apr 2005

Posts: 1274
Location: Puerto Rico, Soy Boricua pa' q tu lo sepas...

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 15, 2007 6:53 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Ok, people this is the last chapter. Enjoy !

You can also discuss it or even the entire story until the story got moved. Thanks for participating...
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message
Author
LordoftheNight
Revered IFian



Joined: 11 Aug 2005

Posts: 5276
Location: Hell

Items
Legends
Fables
Strata-gems

PostPosted: Mon Jan 15, 2007 7:50 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Man - I liked Kort. He was cool. And also harder than either of them.

Damn.
_________________
Punishment leads to Fear. Fear leads to Obedience. Obedience leads to Freedom. Therefore, Punishment leads to Freedom.
Ave Dominus Nox


A Fronte Praecipitium a Tergo Lupi
Blood Bowl
Scraping the Barrel
A Tale of Four Swords
Passion
Back to top
View user's profile Send private message Send e-mail Visit poster's website
Author
bluezaphire
Guest








Items

PostPosted: Wed Jan 17, 2007 4:51 am    Post subject: Reply with quote

Finally, Moswen took care of what was bothering him so much! Sorry Kort I kinda liked you but I like you better dead Dead Subject

...and the shadow was a Woman!!!! That is really cool Rock On

Cheers I imagine Moswen and Leban after a quick heal up will be partying and drinking (blood of course) in celebration drunk

Great story jnmrcs...Congratulations!!!!
Back to top
Display posts from previous:   
This topic is locked: you cannot edit posts or make replies.       Storygames Home -> The Archives All times are GMT - 8 Hours
Goto page 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9  Next
Page 1 of 9
Jump to:  
You cannot post new topics in this forum
You cannot reply to topics in this forum
You cannot edit your posts in this forum
You cannot delete your posts in this forum
You cannot vote in polls in this forum


Powered by phpBB © 2001, 2002 phpBB Group. Forum design by mtechnik, customized by City of IF
All site content © City of IF or the respective storygame authors.   Terms of use
Home   Book   Storygames   FAQ   Greek myth   About   Policies